‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻣﺆﻟﻒ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﻛﺘﺮ ﺍﺑﻮ ﻋﺎﺻﻢ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﻔﺘّﺎﺡ ﻗﺎﺭﻱ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻣﺤﻤﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪‬‬
 ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺭﺳﻮﻝﺍﻛﺮﻡ)ﺹ( ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫»ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻨّﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻐﻦّ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ«‬
‫»ﺁﻧﻜﺲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺻﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ«‬
‫»ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ«‬
 ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ‬

‫‪..........................‬‬
‫‪................................‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪................................‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﺑﺮ ﭼﺎپ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‬
‫‪..................‬‬
‫‪................................‬‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪................................................................‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ ﻣﺆﻟﻒ‬
‫‪.......................‬‬
‫‪1514‬‬
‫‪................................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫‪................................‬‬
‫‪........‬‬
‫‪١۶‬‬ ‫‪................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫‪................................‬‬
‫‪...........‬‬ ‫‪................................................................‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺭﻱ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫‪................................‬‬
‫‪..........‬‬ ‫‪................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫‪...................‬‬
‫‪................................‬‬
‫‪17‬‬ ‫‪................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫‪...........................‬‬
‫‪................................‬‬
‫‪19‬‬ ‫‪................................‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻭﻝ ‪ :‬ﻣﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫‪.....................‬‬
‫‪................................‬‬
‫‪24‬‬ ‫‪................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ )‪(1‬‬
‫‪................................‬‬
‫‪.....‬‬
‫‪26 ................................‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺩﻭﻡ ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫‪................................‬‬
‫‪...............‬‬
‫‪29‬‬ ‫‪................................‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ‬
‫‪.....................‬‬
‫‪................................‬‬
‫‪31‬‬ ‫‪................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ )‪(2‬‬
‫‪................................‬‬
‫‪............‬‬
‫‪33‬‬ ‫‪................................‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﻮﻡ ‪ :‬ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫‪33‬‬
‫‪.....................‬‬
‫‪................................‬‬‫‪................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ ‪ :‬ﻧﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻮﻳﻦ‬
‫‪34‬‬
‫‪................................‬‬
‫‪..........‬‬ ‫‪................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻻ ‪ :‬ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ‬
‫‪36‬‬
‫‪................................‬‬
‫‪..........‬‬ ‫‪................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎً ‪ :‬ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ‬
‫‪................................‬‬
‫‪.......‬‬
‫‪37‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺠﻨﺲ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ‬
‫‪.....................‬‬
‫‪................................‬‬
‫‪39‬‬ ‫‪................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ )‪(3‬‬
‫‪................................‬‬
‫‪.........‬‬
‫‪42‬‬ ‫‪................................‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ‪ :‬ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫‪42‬‬
‫‪.........................‬‬
‫‪................................‬‬ ‫ﺑﻘﻴﻪ ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻮﻳﻦ ‪ :‬ﻗﻠﺐ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻔﺎ‬
 ‫‪5‬‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬

‫‪42‬‬
‫‪................................‬‬
‫‪............‬‬ ‫‪................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎً ‪ :‬ﻗﻠﺐ‬
‫‪42‬‬
‫‪................................‬‬
‫‪...........‬‬ ‫‪................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺑﻌﺎً ‪ :‬ﺍ‪‬ﺧْﻔََﺎ‬
‫‪..................‬‬
‫‪................................‬‬
‫‪46‬‬ ‫‪................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ )‪: (4‬‬
‫‪................................‬‬
‫‪...........‬‬
‫‪48‬‬ ‫‪................................‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫‪48 ................................................................‬‬
‫‪................................‬‬
‫‪.....‬‬ ‫ﺏ ‪ :‬ﻣﻴﻢ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ‬
‫‪50‬‬
‫‪......................‬‬
‫‪................................‬‬‫‪................................‬‬ ‫ﺝ ‪ :‬ﻣﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫‪.....................‬‬
‫‪................................‬‬
‫‪52‬‬ ‫‪................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ )‪(5‬‬
‫‪................................‬‬
‫‪...........‬‬
‫‪54‬‬ ‫‪................................‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺷﺸﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫‪54‬‬
‫‪.................‬‬
‫‪................................‬‬‫‪................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺩ ‪» :‬ﺭﺍ«‬
‫‪56‬‬
‫‪..................‬‬
‫‪................................‬‬‫‪................................................................‬‬ ‫ﻫ ‪ :‬ﻻﻡ‬
‫‪.....................‬‬
‫‪................................‬‬
‫‪58‬‬ ‫‪................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ )‪(6‬‬
‫‪60‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺪ‪) ‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ(‬
‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ)‪62.................................................................................................................. (7‬‬
‫‪................................‬‬
‫‪65. ................................‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ‪ :‬ﺑﻘﻴﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺪ‪) ‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ ﻋﺎﺭﺽ(‬
‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ)‪67......................................................................................................................(8‬‬
‫‪................................‬‬
‫‪73. ................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﻧﻬﻢ ‪ :‬ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ﻭﺻﻞ‬
‫‪83‬‬
‫‪................................‬‬
‫‪.........‬‬ ‫‪................................................................‬‬ ‫ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻭﻗﻒ‬
‫‪.........................‬‬
‫‪................................‬‬
‫‪87‬‬ ‫‪................................‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﻪ‬
‫‪................................‬‬
‫‪90‬‬
‫‪.... ................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫‪................................‬‬
‫‪.........‬‬
‫‪93‬‬ ‫‪................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺁﺩﺍﺏ ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫‪................................‬‬
‫‪.........‬‬
‫‪97‬‬ ‫‪................................‬‬ ‫ﺭﻫﻨﻤﻮﺩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻼﻗﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ‬
‫‪...........................‬‬
‫‪................................‬‬
‫‪99‬‬ ‫‪................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ‪100........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪6‬‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻪ‪101......................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪8‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻢ ﺍﷲ ﹼ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﺑﺮ ﭼﺎپ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‬

‫ﺃﻟﺤﻤﺪﷲ ﺭﺏ ﺃﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺃﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤ‪‬ﺪ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺃﻟﻤﺮﺳـﻠﻴﻦ ﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﺁﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻫﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺻﺤﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺮﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‬

‫ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺧﻮﺷﺤﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ‪،‬ﻣﺮﺍ ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﻪ ﭼﺎپ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ» ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ« ﺭﺍ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻋﻼﻗﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﺮﻳﻢ ﻛﻨﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﺎپ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻢ؛ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ» ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ«ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤـﻴﻦ ﻣﺆﻟـﻒ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﻜﻤ‪‬ﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﭼﺎپ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻥ ﺷـﺎءﺍﷲ ﺑـﺎ ﻫﻤﻜـﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻫﻞ ﺧﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﻋﻼﻗﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺟﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻧﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺎپ ﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﻓﺮﻗﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻫﺎﻭ ﭘﺮﺳﺶ ﻫﺎﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺮﺳﺶ ﻫﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻣﺘـﺮﺟﻢ ﺑـﻪ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﺑـﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ‬
‫ﻗﻼّﺏ ]‪ [...‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ‪،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻳﺎﺑﻌﻀـﻲ ﺣـﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺪﺭﺍﻙ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺗـﺎ ﺑـﺎ ﺍﺻـﻞ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺁﻣﻴﺨﺘﻪ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺆﻟﻒ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ»ﺁﻗﺎﻱ ﺩﻛﺘﺮ ﺍﺑﻮﻋﺎﺻﻢ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻗﺎﺭﻱ«ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻝ ﺣﺎﺿـﺮ‪،‬‬

‫ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻜﺪﺓ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﺮﻳﻢ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺳـﻼﻣﻲ ﻣﺪﻳﻨـﻪ ﻣﻨـﻮﺭﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻀـﻮ ﻣﺠﻠـﺲ ﻋﻠﻤـﻲ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺨﺼﺺ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫‪9‬‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺤﻤﺪﺍﷲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺧﻼﺹ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻢ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻓﺮﺍﻣـﻮﺵ‬
‫ﺷﺪﺓ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﺣﻴﺎ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍﻱ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺎﻧﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓـﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﺎﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﭼﻴﺰ ﺑﭙﺬﻳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻟﺼﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ـ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺫﻛﺮ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻡ ـ ﺗﺸﻜّﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻟﻪ ﺃﻟﻄﺎﻫﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺻﺤﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﺃﺟﻤﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫"ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻢ ﻣﺤﻤﺪﻱ"‬

‫ﺷﻌﺒﺎﻥ ‪ 1407‬ﻫ‪.‬ﻕ‬
‫ﻫﺮﻧﮓ )ﺑﺴﺘﻚ(‬
‫ﻓﺮﻭﺭﺩﻳﻦ ‪ 1366‬ﻫ‪.‬ﻕ‬
 ‫ﺑﺴﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ ﻣﺆﻟﻒ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻢ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﻠﻮﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﺩ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺮﺍءﺕ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺗﻲ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﺩ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍءﺕ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺻﻔﺖ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ـ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺷﻔﺎﻫﺎً ـ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻗﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻮﺍﻝ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝﺍﷲ)ﺹ( ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺭﺳﻮﻝﺍﷲ)ﺹ( ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ)ﻉ( ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ)ﻉ( ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍﻱ ﻋﺰّﻭﺟﻞ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺰﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﮔﻮﻳﺪ ‪:‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪F0‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﻭ ﺻﻼ«‬ ‫»ﻷﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻻ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻧﺰﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺖ ﻗﺮﺍءﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ »ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ« ﻣﻲﻧﺎﻣﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻐﺖ ﻋـﺮﺏ ﮔﺮﻓﺘـﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ؛ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﻐﺖ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻔﻆ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻟﻬﺠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﺎﻳﻞ ﻋﺮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻬﺠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺳﺨﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ؛ﻟﻜﻦ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺑـﻪ ﻓﺼـﻴﺢ ﺗـﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﻥ ﻫـﺎ؛‬
‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻐﺖ ﻭ ﻟﻬﺠﻪ ﻗﺮﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻓﺼﻴﺢ ﺗﺮﻳﻦﺷﺎﻥ ؛ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﺳﻮﻝﺍﻛﺮﻡ)ﺹ( ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷـﺪ‬

‫_________________________________________________________________________‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺁﺛﻢ«‬ ‫ﺃﻟﻘﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﺠﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻻﺯﻡ‬ ‫ﺧﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺠﻮﻳﺪ‬ ‫»ﻭﺃﻻﺧﺬ‬
‫»ﻻﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ‪ ...‬ﺍﻟﺦ«‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺣﺘﻤﻲ ﻭ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪11‬‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‬

‫ﻭ ﻣــﺎ ﺑــﺎ »ﺗﺠﻮﻳــﺪ« ﻗــﺮﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑــﻪ ﺑﻬﺘــﺮﻳﻦ ﻟﻬﺠــﻪ ﻣــﻲﺧــﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳــﺮﺍ ﺗــﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻬﺠــﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻠﻔــﻆ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝﺍﷲ)ﺹ( ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻧﻲ ﻫﻤﭽـﻮﻥ ‪:‬ﺃﺑـﻲ ﺑـﻦ ﻛﻌـﺐ‪ ،‬ﻋﺒـﺪﺍﷲ ﺑـﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ‪،‬ﺯﻳﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻗﺎﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻣﻮﺧﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ؛ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ‪،‬ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ؛ ﻭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻲ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ؛ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻮﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻜﻲ‪ ‬ﺑﻦ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻗﻴﺴـﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻮﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳـﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻦ ﻓﻴﺮّﻩ ﺷﺎﻃﺒﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻮﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺟﺰﺭﻱ ﺷـﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺁﻧـﺎﻥ ﻗـﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧـﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸـﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺎﻥ ﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺩﺍﻥ ﻗﺮﺍءﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺋﻤﻪ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﻭﺗﺎ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﺳـﺖ ﻫﻤـﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺘـﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍءﺕ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍءﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺣﻔـﺺ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﺻـﻢ ﻣـﻮﺭﺩ ﻗـﺮﺍءﺕ ﺍﻛﺜـﺮ ﺍﻫـﻞ ﺍﺳـﻼﻡ ﺍﺳـﺖ ؛ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ‪،‬ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻪ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺫﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺧـﺪﻣﺖ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻳـﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍءﺕ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻨﻢ ‪:‬‬
‫‪» -1‬ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﻣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺮ ‪ :‬ﺁﺳﺎﻥ« ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺒﺘﺪﻳﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪F1‬‬ ‫‪» -2‬ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ« ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺣ‪‬ﻔْﺺ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﺻﻢ ﺑﻦ ﺍﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻄﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪» -3‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ« ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺍءﺕ‬
‫ﺣﻔﺺ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺟﻤﻊﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺣﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﻧﮕﺎﺷﺘﻪﺍﻡ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻭ ﺍﺗﻘﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻏﺐ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺍ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ؛ ﻧﺎﻓﻊ ﻭ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫_________________________________________________________________________‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺤﺎﻝ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﭼﺎپ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪12‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ »ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ« ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺮﺍءﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪-‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺧﻼﻝ ﻭ ﺳﻬﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﺎﺭﻱ‪ -‬ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺯﺣﻤـﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻘﺖ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﻮﺩﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻳﻲ‪،‬ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺗﻠﻘﻴﻦ ﺁﻣﻮﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ؛ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ‪،‬ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً ﺍﺯ ﺩﻫﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻧﺪ؛ﻭﺑﺎﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ‪،‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ‪ :‬ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﻔﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﺐ ﻣﺪ ﻣﺘّﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﺪ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺫﻫﺎﻥﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻦ ﻋﺎﺩﺕ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﺮﭼﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻮﺩﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ؛ ﻭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺳﻦ ﻭ ﻃﺮﺍﻭﺕ ﺫﻫﻨﺸﺎﻥ ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ؛‬
‫ﺃﻟﻐﻠﻤﺎﻥ« ﺷﻴﺦ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺰُﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ‪» :‬ﺗﺤﻔﺔ ﺃﻻﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺗﻲ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﻨﻈﻮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻻﻃﻔﺎﻝ« ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ »ﻓﺘﺢ ﺃﻻﻗﻔﺎﻝ ﺑﺸﺮﺡ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺗﺤﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻝ« ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﺄﺧّﺮﻳﻦ ‪ :‬ﺷﻴﺦ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻨﻴﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﺷﻴﺦ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻣﻴﻬﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ »ﻓﺘﺢ ﺃﻟﻤﻠﻚ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺿﺒ‪‬ﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻛﻮﺩﻛﺎﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺵ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺩﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﺜﺎﻟﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫***‬
‫ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﺠﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺌﻠﻪ ﻣﻬ‪‬ﻤﻲ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﻨﻢ؛ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﻣﻞ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺫﻭﻕ‬
‫ﻭ ﺳﻠﻴﻘﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؛ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﻟﻐﺖ؛ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﻭ‬
‫‪13‬‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‬

‫ﺗﺰﻳﻴﻦ ‪،‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﻓﺼﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ـ ﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻔﻆ ﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ـ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺄﻟﻮﻑ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻓﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﻧﺮﻡ‬
‫ﻭ ﻟﻄﻴﻒ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺭﺳﻮﻝﺍﷲ)ﺹ( ﺑﻪ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫»ﺯﻳ‪‬ﻨﻮﺍ ﺁﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺄﺻﻮﺍﺗﻜﻢ« ‪» 1‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻨّﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻐﻦّ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ« ‪: 2‬‬
‫‪F3‬‬ ‫‪F2‬‬

‫ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺰﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ ‪:‬‬

‫‪3‬‬
‫‪F4‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺯﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﺫﺍء ﻭ ﺃﻟﻘﺮﺍءﺓ«‬ ‫»ﻭ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺣﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻭﺓ‬
‫ﺧﺪﺍﻳﺎ ‪ :‬ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻔﺎﻱ ﺩﻟﻬﺎﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺯﺩﺍﻳﻨﺪﺓ ﻏﻢ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﻩ ﻫﺎﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻣﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻣﻮﺯ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻭ ﺷﺐ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺎﺯ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺪﻳﻨﻪ ﻣﻨﻮِّﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻢ ﺟﻤﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻲ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ 1392‬ﻫﺠﺮﻱ ﻗﻤﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻗﺎﺭﻱ‬

‫_________________________________________________________________________‬
‫‪» -1‬ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪﺍﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺯﻳﻨﺖ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ« ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﺑﻮﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﻣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪» -2‬ﻛﺴﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺻﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ «.‬ﺍﺯ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪» -3‬ﻭ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺯﺑﻮﺭ ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﻭ ﺯﻳﻨﺖ ﺍﺩﺍﻱ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻭ ﻗﺮﺍءﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪14‬‬

‫ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫»ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺧﺪﺍﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ)ﻉ( ﺑﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺭﺳﻮﻝﺍﷲ)ﺹ( ﻓﺮﻭﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬
‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﻪﭼﻴﺰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﺮﻳﻢ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ‪،‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺪﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺬﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﻫﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪          ‬‬

‫‪          ‬‬

‫‪    ‬‬

‫)ﺃﺳﺮﺍ ‪ 9 /‬ﻭ ‪(10‬‬

‫»ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻜﻮﻛﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺛﻮﺍﺑﻲ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻣﮋﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻲﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﻋﺬﺍﺑﻲ ﺩﺭﺩﻧﺎﻙ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪﺍﻳﻢ‪«.‬‬

‫‪          ‬‬

‫)ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ‪(1 /‬‬

‫»ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻳﻢ؛ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﻜﻲ ﻫﺎ ]ﺍﻱ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﻲ[ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻲ‪«.‬‬

‫‪         ‬‬

‫)ﻧﺤﻞ ‪(89 /‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬

‫»ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻳﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻴﺰ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻭ‬

‫ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻭ ﻣﮋﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬
‫‪15‬‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‬

‫ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ‪:‬‬

‫)ﻣﺰّﻣﻞ ‪(20 /‬‬ ‫‪      ‬‬

‫»ﺁﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ؛ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪«.‬‬

‫ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺭﺳﻮﻝﺍﷲ)ﺹ( ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫»ﺇﻗﺮﺅﻭﺍ ﺃﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ« ‪ 1‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬
‫‪F5‬‬

‫ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺛﻮﺍﺏ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮﺍءﺕ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺧﺒﺮ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫»ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺃ ﺣﺮﻓﺎً ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺴﻨﺔ ﻭ ﺃﻟﺤﺴﻨﺔ ﺑﻌﺸﺮ ﺃﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎ«‪.‬‬
‫‪F6‬‬

‫ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ‬

‫ﻗﺎﺭﻱ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺮﺍءﺕ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻭ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ؛ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﺳﻮﻝﺍﷲ)ﺹ( ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪:‬‬

‫_________________________________________________________________________‬
‫‪» -1‬ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ«‪.‬‬
‫‪» -2‬ﻛﺴﻴﻜﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪ؛ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻳﻚ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪16‬‬

‫»ﺧﻴﺮﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﻠّﻢ ﺃﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭ ﻋﻠّﻤﺘﻪ« ‪ 1‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪F7‬‬

‫ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺲ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪﻭ ﻗﺮﺍءﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺏ ﺍَﺩ‪‬ﺍ ﻛﻨﺪﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‬

‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﻇﺒﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝﺍﷲ)ﺹ( ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫»ﺃﻟﻤﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻟﺴﻔﺮﺓ ﺃﻟﻜﺮﺍﻡ ﺃﻟﺒﺮﺭﺓ« ‪ 2‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪F8‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩﺍﺯ »ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺭﺓ« ‪ :‬ﻓﺮﺷﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﺪﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻃﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝﺍﷲ)ﺹ( ﺑﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ؛ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﺳﻬﻢ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺛﻠﺚ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺷﺐ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺻﺪﺍﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺵ‬
‫ﺗﻼﻭﺕﺗﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﺹ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭﻧﺪ؛‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝﺍﷲ)ﺹ( ﺧﺒﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫»ﺃﻫﻞ ﺃﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺻ‪‬ﺘﻪ« ‪ 3‬ﺳﻨﻦ ﻧﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪F9‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ »ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﷲ« ‪ :‬ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬ﺭﺳﻮﻝﺍﷲ)ﺹ( ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫»ﺃﻗﺮﺅﻭﺍ ﺃﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻓﺎﻧّﻪ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺃﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺷﻔﻴﻌﺎً ﻷﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ« ‪ .4‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪F10‬‬

‫_________________________________________________________________________‬
‫‪» -1‬ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦﺗﺎﻥ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻣﻮﺯﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﻫﺪ‪«.‬‬
‫‪» -2‬ﻣﺎﻫﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﺗﺒﺎﻥ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻧﻜﻮﻛﺎﺭ )ﺩﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺧﺪﺍ( ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬
‫‪» -3‬ﺍﻫﻞ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺻ‪‬ﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ«‪.‬‬
‫‪» -4‬ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﺍﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻳﺪ«‪.‬‬
‫‪17‬‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ‪ :‬ﻣﻮﺍﻇﺒﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻭ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺩﺏ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺷﻊ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺣ‪‬ﺬَﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺖ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝﺍﷲ)ﺹ( ﺧﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ :‬ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻛﺮﺩﺍﺭﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ؛ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺩﻭﺯﺥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺷﻌﻠﻪﻭﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺯﻛﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺟﺒﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﺩﻭﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺰﻳﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪﺓ ﺛﻮﺍﺏ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﻭ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪:‬‬

‫‪          ‬‬

‫‪        ‬‬

‫‪      ‬‬

‫)ﻓﺎﻃﺮ ‪ 29 /‬ﻭ ‪(30‬‬

‫»ﺣﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻳﻢ ﭘﻨﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺷﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﺧﺪﺍ ﭘﺎﺩﺍﺵ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺪﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺮﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻭ ﺁﻣﺮﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺳﭙﺎﺳﮕﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪«.‬‬

‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺭﺳﻮﻝﺍﷲ)ﺹ( ﻭ ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻧﺸﺎﻥ ـ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ـ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﺪ؛ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ‪،‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻗﺮﺍءﺕ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ؛ ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻭ‬
‫ﻗﻠﺐ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻔﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﻭ ﻏﻨّﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺠﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺧﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﻣﻴﺨﺘﻪ ﻧﺴﺎﺯﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺒﺮ ﻭ ﺗﺄﻣﻞ ‪،‬ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻲ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪18‬‬

‫ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺻﺪﺍﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻜﻠّﻒ ﻭ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻲﺟﺎ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﻟﺤﻦ ﻓﺎﺳﻘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ‪:‬‬

‫)ﻣﺰّﻣﻞ ‪(4 /‬‬ ‫‪    ‬‬

‫»ﻭ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺒﺎ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻥ‪«.‬‬

‫ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ )ﺹ(ﻣﻲ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪:‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪F1‬‬‫»ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻨّﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻐﻦّ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ«‬

‫_________________________________________________________________________‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺭ‪ .‬ﻙ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺹ ‪.14‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‬

‫»ﻣﺨﺎﺭﺝ« ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﻠﻖ ﻭ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻟﺐ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭﺟﻮﻑ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻓﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻫﻤﺰﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﺟﺎ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺷﺪ؛ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﻼً ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ »ﺑﺎ« ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻲ؛ ﺑﮕﻮ ‪ :‬ﺃﺏ‪ .‬ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺻﺪﺍ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﻭ ﻟﺐ ـ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ـ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺨﺮﺝ »ﺑﺎ« ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻟﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ »ﺟﻴﻢ« ﺑﮕﻮ ‪ :‬ﺃﺝ‪ .‬ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺳﻘﻒ ﺩﻫﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ؛ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ »ﺟﻴﻢ« ﻭﺳﻂ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﻘﻒ ﺩﻫﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ »ﻏﻴﻦ«‪ .‬ﻣﺜﻼً ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺃﻍ‪ .‬ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﺻﺪﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺣﻠﻖ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﭘﺲ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺣﻠﻖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻧﻈﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ‪...‬‬
‫ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺷﺪ؛ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺟ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻑ‬
‫ﺟﻮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺩﻫﺎﻥ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻠﻖ ﻭ ﺩﻫﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺭﺩ‪] .‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫)‪ (1‬ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﺳﻪﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﺮﻓﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪] .‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﺪ‪[.‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪20‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻒ‪ :‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺷَﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻳﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﻛﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺴﺮﻩ )ـِ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ :‬ﺟِﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳ‪‬ﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﺍﻭ ﺳﺎﻛﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﻗﺒﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺿﻤﻪ )ـُ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ :‬ﻗُﻮ‪ ،‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺰﻩ )ء( ﻳﺎ ﺳﻜﻮﻥ )ـْ( ]ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ[ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺣﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺣﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﺷﺶ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻤـﺰﻩ‬ ‫‪-‬ﺍﺯ ﺗَﻪ‪ ‬ﺣﻠﻖ ؛ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺳﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻭ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪) :‬ﺃَء‪ ،‬ﺃَء‪(‬؛ )ﺃَ ْﻫ‪ ،‬ﺃَﻩ‪.)‬‬
‫‪-‬ﺍﺯ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺣﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻋﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺣﺎ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪) :‬ﺃَﻉ‪ ،‬ﺃَﻉ‪(‬؛ )ﺃَﺡ‪ ،‬ﺃَﺡ‪.(‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺣﻠﻖ ؛ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻫﺎﻥ‪،‬ﻏﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺧﺎ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻣـﻲﺷـﻮﺩ ‪) :‬ﺃَﻍْ‪ ،‬ﺃَﻍْ(‪،‬‬
‫ﺃَﺥْ(‪.‬‬ ‫)ﺃَﺥْ‪،‬‬
‫‪21‬‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻫﻴﺠﺪﻩ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺯﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺯ ﺗﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻑ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪) :‬ﺃَﻕْ‪ ،‬ﺃﻕْ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺯ ﺗﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﻗﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻑ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪) :‬ﺃَﻙ‪ ،‬ﺃَﻙ‪.(‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺯ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻘﻒ ﺩﻫﺎﻥ؛ ﺟﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺷﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺃَﺝ‪ ،‬ﺃَﺝ‪) ،(‬ﺃَﺵ‪ ،‬ﺃَﺵ‪) ،(‬ﺃَﻱ‪ ،‬ﺃَﻱ‪.(‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ )ﻳﺎ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ( ﺑﺎ ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺑ‪‬ﻦ )ﺗﻪ( ﺩﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻻ‪،‬‬
‫ﻃﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻝ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪) :‬ﺃَﻁْ‪ ،‬ﺃَﻁْ(‪) ،‬ﺃَﺩ‪ ،‬ﺃَﺩ‪) ،(‬ﺃَﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃَﺕ‪.(‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺸﺖ )ﺁﺧﺮ( ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻙ ﺩﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻻ‪ ،‬ﻇﺎ ﻭ ﺫﺍﻝ ﻭ‬
‫ﺛﺎ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪:‬‬
‫‪) -‬ﺃَﻅْ‪ ،‬ﺃَﻅْ(‪) ،‬ﺃَﺫْ‪ ،‬ﺃَﺫْ(‪) ،‬ﺃَﺙْ‪ ،‬ﺃَﺙْ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟـــﻪ ‪ :‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻪ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻙ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ ﺑﮕﺬﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺑ‪‬ﻦِ ﺩﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻻ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻥ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪) :‬ﺃَﻥْ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃَﻥْ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺑ‪‬ﻦِ ﺩﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻻ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪﻥ‪» ،‬ﺭﺍ«‬
‫ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪) :‬ﺃَﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃَﺭ‪.(‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻙ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ‪ 1‬ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻻ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﺻﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺯﺍ ﻭ‬
‫‪F12‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﻦ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪:‬‬

‫)ﺃَﺹ‪ ،‬ﺃَﺹ‪) (‬ﺃَﺯ‪ ،‬ﺃَﺯ‪) (‬ﺃَﺱ‪ ،‬ﺃَﺱ‪.(‬‬

‫_________________________________________________________________________‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﺆﻟﻒ )ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺛﻨﺎﻳﺎ = ﺑﻦ ﺩﻧﺪﺍﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ( ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪22‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﺯ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ )ﭘﻬﻠﻮﻱ( ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻴﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؛ ﺿﺎﺩ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫]ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﺩﺍ ﻛﺮﺩ ‪:‬‬
‫‪- 1‬ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻴﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪- 2‬ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﭼﭗ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻴﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ‪.‬‬
‫‪- 3‬ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻴﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻃﺮﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﺗﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﭼﺴﺒﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻴﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻘﻒ ﺩﻫﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪) :‬ﺃَﺽ‪ ،‬ﺃَﺽ‪[.(‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺯ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺟﻠﻮ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺿﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻻﻡ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ؛ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻁ ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪﻥ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ ؛ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‪،‬ﺩﻭ ﺩﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻭ ﺩﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﻌﺪﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺩﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﻧﻴﺶ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯﺁﻥ(‪) :‬ﺃَﻝْ‪ ،‬ﺃَﻝْ(‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﻟَﺐ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺩﻭ ﻟﺐ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻟﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ )ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ( ﺩﻭ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻔﻆ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪) :‬ﺃَﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃَﺏ‪(‬؛ )ﺃَﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃَﻡ‪.(‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻭ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪) :‬ﺃَﻭ‪ ،‬ﺃَﻭ‪.(‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺯ ﻟﺐ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻙ ﺩﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﺎﻻ »ﻓﺎ« ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪) :‬ﺃَﻑ‪،‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺃَﻑ‪.(‬‬
‫‪F13‬‬

‫_________________________________________________________________________‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻼﺕ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ؛ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪:‬‬
‫ء‪ ،‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﺕ‪ ،‬ﺙ‪ ،‬ﺝ‪ ،‬ﺡ‪ ،‬ﺥ‪ ،‬ﺩ‪ ،‬ﺫ‪ ،‬ﺭ‪ ،‬ﺯ‪ ،‬ﺱ‪ ،‬ﺷﻒ ﺹ‪ ،‬ﺽ‪ ،‬ﻁ‪ ،‬ﻅ‪ ،‬ﻉ‪ ،‬ﻍ‪ ،‬ﻑ‪ ،‬ﻕ‪ ،‬ﻙ‪ ،‬ﺕ‪ ،‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪ ،‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻣﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻪ ﮔﺎﻧﻪ؛ »ﺍﻟﻒ« ‪ :‬ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﻓﺘﺤﻪ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ‪» ،‬ﻭﺍﻭ« ‪ :‬ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺿﻤﻪ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ »ﻳﺎ« ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﻛﺴﺮﻩ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪23‬‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‬

‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ 24

(1) ‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ‬
: ‫ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﺳﺶ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬-1]
‫ ﻛﺠﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬،‫ ﺭﺍ‬،‫ ﻧﻮﻥ‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻢ‬،‫ ﻻﻡ‬،‫ ﺍﻟﻒ‬،‫ ﻗﺎﻑ‬،‫ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﻫﻤﺰﻩ‬-‫ﺃ‬
‫ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺣﺮﻭﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ؟‬-‫ﺏ‬
.‫ ﺗﻪ ﺣﻠﻖ‬،‫ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻟﺐ‬،‫ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﻴﺎﺏ‬،‫ﻭﺳﻂ ﺣﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺎ ﺿﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﺪ؟‬
ً ‫ ﺁﻳﺎ‬-‫ﺝ‬
[‫ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ »ﻭﺍﻭ« ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ »ﺁﻥ« ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬-‫ﺩ‬
‫ ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻮﺭﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﺑﺮ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻧﺪ؛ ﮔﻮﺵ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ‬-2
:‫ﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻭ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻮﺟ‬،‫ﺑﺎﺩﻗّﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ‬

 

           

          

       



              

            

            
25 ‫ﻣﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‬

             

            

            

          
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪26‬‬

‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺩﻭﻡ‬

‫ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‬

‫ﻫﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺷﺪ‪‬ﱠﺕ ﻭ ﺭ‪‬ﺧَﺎﻭ‪‬ﺕ‬
‫ﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺕ ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺣﺒﺲ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺍﺳﺖ ]ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ‪ ،‬ﺻﺪﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮ‪‬ﺕ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ[ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺁﺷﻜﺎﺭﺍ ﺣﺲ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺃَﺝ‪) (‬ﺃَﺩ‪) (‬ﺃَﻕْ( )ﺃَﻁْ( )ﺃَﺏ‪) (‬ﺃَﻙ‪) (‬ﺃَﺕ‪(‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺷﺪﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺃَﺟِﺪ‪ ‬ﻗَﻂْ ﺑ‪‬ﻜَﺖ‪(‬‬
‫ﺭ‪‬ﺧﺎﻭﺕ‪ :‬ﺑﺮ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺷﺪ‪‬ﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ‪) :‬ﺃَﺱ‪) (‬ﺃَﻝْ( )ﺃَﻡ‪) (‬ﺃَﺙْ(‬
‫)ﺃَﻅْ( ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻘﻴﻪ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ )ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺷﺪﺕ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻼ ﻭ ﺍ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻔَﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻼ‪:‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‪،‬ﭘﺮ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﻝ ]ﺑﺮﻋﻜﺲ ﺁﻥ[؛ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺣﺮﻑ؛ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮔﻔﺘﻦ ‪) :‬ﺃَﺥْ( )ﺃَﺹ‪) (‬ﺃَﺽ‪) (‬ﺃَﻉ‪) (‬ﺃَﻁْ(؛ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﭘﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ )ﺃَﺡ‪) (‬ﺃَﺩ‪) (‬ﺃَﺱ‪) (‬ﺃَﻝْ( )ﺃَﻙ‪ (‬ﻭ ﺑﻘﻴﻪ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﻝ؛ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﺭﻳﻚ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪27‬‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‬

‫ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻼ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪) :‬ﺧُﺺ‪ ‬ﺿَﻐْﻆ‪ ‬ﻗ‪‬ﻆْ( ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻘﻴﻪ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺒﺎ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﻝ ﻫﺴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗَﻔَﺸﱢّﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺸّﻲ‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺘﻲ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ‪) :‬ﺃَﺵ‪ (‬ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺷﻴﻦ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﻘﻒ ﺩﻫﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻲﭼﺴﺒﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗَﻜْﺮﺍَﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ؛ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ »ﺭﺍ« ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ »ﺭﺍ« ﻭ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺃَﺭ‪) (‬ﺃَﺭ‪(‬‬

‫ﺻ‪‬ﻔﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ)ﺃَﺹ‪) (‬ﺃَﺱ‪) (‬ﺃَﺯ‪ (‬ﺻﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺯﺍ‪،‬ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ].‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺻﻔﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻧﺎﻣﻨﺪ[ﻭ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻪ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﻴﺮ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ »ﻫ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺲ« ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗَﻠْﻘَﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻘﻠﻪ ‪ :‬ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ)ﺃَﻕْ(‬
‫)ﺃَﻁْ( )ﺃَﺏ‪) (‬ﺃَﺝ‪) (‬ﺃَﺩ‪ (‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ)ﻳ‪‬ﻘْﺘُﻠُﻮﻥَ( )ﻣ‪‬ﺤﻴﻂْ( )ﻣ‪‬ﺂﺏ‪) (‬ﺃﻟْﺨُﺮُﻭﺝ‪) (‬ﺷَﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ(؛ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﭘﺲ‬ ‫ﺻﺪﺍ‬
‫)ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ( ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺳﺒﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪28‬‬

‫ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺳﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻗﻠﻘﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ‪) :‬ﻗُﻄْﺐ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻏُﻨّﻪ‬
‫ﻏُﻨّﻪ ‪ :‬ﺻﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ـ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ـ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﻏﻨّﻪ ﺧﻴﺸﻮﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪) :‬ﺃَﻥَ( )ﺃَﻣ‪‬ﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻏﻨﻪ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻮﻳﻦ ‪ 1‬ﺩﺭ »ﻳﺎ« ﻭ »ﻧﻮﻥ« ﻭ »ﻣﻴﻢ« ﻭ »ﻭﺍﻭ«‪.‬‬
‫‪F14‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺧﻔﺎ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻮﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻩ ﺣﺮﻑ )ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺁﻣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪:‬‬
‫‪.(51-50‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺧﻔﺎ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﻢ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺩﺭ »ﺑﺎ«‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﻢ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪F15‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪ )ـّ( ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻧﻮﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫_________________________________________________________________________‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‪ ،‬ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻓﺘﺤﻪ ‪ :‬ﺯِﺑﺮ )ـَ(‪ -2 .‬ﻛﺴﺮﻩ ‪ :‬ﺯﻳﺮ )ـِ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺳﻜﻮﻥ )ـْ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﺿﻤﻪ ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﺶ )ـُ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﻨﻮﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻛﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻔﻆ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ‪) :‬ـًـٍـٌ(‪ .‬ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺮﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ )ﻥْ ﻧـّ‪ ،‬ﻡ‪‬‬
‫ﻣـْ(‪ .‬ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺟﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪ )ـّ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺩﻻﻟﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻓﺮﻭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪29‬‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‬

‫ﻓﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ‬

‫ﻓﺮﻕ »ﺫ« ﻭ »ﺯ«‬

‫ﺫﺍﻝ ‪،‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻙ ﺩﻧﺪﺍﻥٍ‪ -‬ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺯﺍ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻙ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﺫﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺯﺍ‪ ،‬ﻧَﻪ‪ .‬ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺃَﺫْ( )ﺃَﺯ‪) (‬ﻳ‪‬ﺬْﺭ‪‬ﺅُﻛُﻢ‪) (‬ﺗَﺰْﺭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮﻧَﻪ‪) (‬ﺃَﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻳﻦَ( )ﺯ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘُﻢ‪.(‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺯﺍ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺻﻔﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪ (33‬ﻭ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻨﻮﻳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪) :‬ﺃَﺯ‪(‬‬

‫ﻓﺮﻕ »ﺙ« ﻭ »ﺱ«‬

‫»ﺛﺎ« ﻭ »ﺳﻴﻦ« ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻗﻲ ﺭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺫﺍﻝ ﻭ ﺯﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺳﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺯﺍ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺻﻔﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ‪) :‬ﺃَﺱ‪) (‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﺳ‪‬ﺄَﻝْ( )ﺳ‪‬ﺄَﻝَ(؛ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺛﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺫﺍﻝ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺖ ﻫ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺲ ‪ 1‬ﻭ ﺭﺧﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪) :‬ﺃﺛﱠﺎﻗَﻠْﺘُﻢ‪.(‬‬
‫‪F16‬‬

‫ﻓﺮﻕ »ﺵ« ﻭ »ﺝ«‬

‫ﺷﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺟﻴﻢ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺖ ﻫﻤﺲ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺷﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺮ ‪ 1‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪F17‬‬

‫_________________________________________________________________________‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻫﻤﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺁﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺮﻟﺒﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺿﻌﻒ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺣﺒﺲ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪) :‬ﻓَﺤ‪‬ﺜﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺷَﺨْﺺ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻜَﺖ‪.(‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪30‬‬

‫ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺗﻔﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺷﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻂ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ؛ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻘﻒ ﺩﻫﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻲﭼﺴﺒﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﮕﺬﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪) :‬ﺃَﺷْﻴ‪‬ﺎء( )ﺃَﺷْﻴ‪‬ﺎء(‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺖ ﺷﺪﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؛ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺣﺒﺲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺃَﺝ‪) (‬ﺃَﺟ‪‬ﺮَﻣ‪‬ﻮﺍ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺮﻕ »ﺽ« ﻭ »ﻅ«‬

‫ﻇﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻙ ﺩﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻻ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪،‬ﺁﺧﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺿﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺪﺍﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻴﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﻇﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺿﺎﺩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺃَﻅْ( )ﺃَﻟﱠﻈﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻦَ( )ﺃَﻇْﻠَﻢ‪) (‬ﻇَﻬِﻴﺮ( )ﻇَﻠَﻤ‪‬ﻚ‪.(‬‬
‫)ﺃَﺽ‪) (‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟَﺎﺃﻟﻀﱠﺂﻟﱢﻴﻦَ( )ﻳ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻞﱡ( ﺃَﺿَﻞﱡ( )ﻳ‪‬ﻀْﺮِﺑ‪‬ﻮﻥَ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺻﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺧﻼﻑ ﻇﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻟﺖ ـ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫ﺿﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ـ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‪،‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ‬
‫ﺿﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺻﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺟﻬﺮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻮﻱ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺣﺒﺲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺮ ﺿﺪ ﻫ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﺁﻥ‪،‬ﺑﻘﻴﻪ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺒﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻫﻤﺲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
31 ‫ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‬

(2) ‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ‬
: ‫( ﭘﺮﺳﺶ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬2) ‫ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺩﺭﺱ‬-1]
‫ ﺻﻔﺖ ﻫﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ؟‬-‫ﺃ‬
.‫ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬،‫ ﺣﺮﻭﻓﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺖ ﺭﺧﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‬-‫ﺏ‬
،‫ ﺭ‬،‫ ﻕ‬،‫ ﻍ‬،‫ ﻁ‬،‫ ﺹ‬،‫ ﺥ‬،‫ ﺡ‬،‫ ﺕ‬: ‫ﺻﻔﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬، ‫ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺩﺭﺱ‬-‫ﺝ‬
.‫ﻥ‬
: ‫ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ‬،‫( ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ‬2) ‫( ﻭ‬1) ‫ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺱ ﻫﺎﻱ‬-‫ﺩ‬
[.«‫ »ﻕ« ﻭ »ﻍ‬،«‫ »ء« ﻭ »ﻉ‬،«‫ »ﻁ« ﻭ »ﺕ‬،«‫»ﺯ« ﻭ »ﺱ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻮﺭﻩﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؛ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺻﻔﺖ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬-2
:‫ﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬‫ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺗﻮﺟ‬،‫ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺩﻗّﺖ ﺩﺭﻣﺘﻦ‬

           

              

            

             

           

             

             

             
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ 32

             

          



             

               

             

             

              

    

 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﻮﻡ‬

‫ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ ‪ :‬ﻧﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻮﻳﻦ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﺇِﻥْ ﻟَﻦْ ﻛُﻨْﺘُﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨْﺄَﻭ‪‬ﻥَ ﺃﻧْﺘَﻈ‪‬ﺮُﻭﺍ ﺃﻷَْﻧْﺒ‪‬ﺎء‪ ‬ﺃﻷَْﻧْﺒِﻴ‪‬ﺎء‪ ‬ﺩ‪ِ‬ﻧْﻴ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﺃَﻟْﺄَﻧْﻌ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨْﺪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰِﻳﺰٌ )ﻋ‪‬ﺰِﻳﺰُﻥْ( ﻏَﻔُﻮﺭ‪) ‬ﻏَﻔُﻮﺭ‪‬ﻥْ( ﺃَﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪) ‬ﺃَﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻥْ(‬
‫ﻣ‪‬ﻼَﺋ‪‬ﻜَﺔً )ﻣ‪‬ﻼَﺋ‪‬ﻜَﺘَﻦْ(‬ ‫ﺃَﻏْﻠَﺎﻟًﺎ )ﺃَﻏْﻼَﻟَﻦْ(‬ ‫ﺃَﺯ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺟ‪‬ﺎ )ﺃَﺯ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺟ‪‬ﻦْ(‬
‫ﻏَﺎﺳ‪‬ﻖٍ )ﻏَﺎﺳ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻦْ( ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺳ‪‬ﺪ‪) ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻥْ( ﺧُﺴ‪‬ﺮٍ )ﺧُﺴ‪‬ﺮِﻥُ(‬

‫ﻧﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ‪،‬ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺁﻳﺪ ‪) :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻥْ‪ ،‬ﻟَﻦْ( ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﻢ ‪) :‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨْـﺪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻷَْﻧْﺒ‪‬ـﺎء‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻷَْﻧْﺒِﻴ‪‬ﺎء‪ (‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻌﻞ ‪) :‬ﻛُﻨْﺘُﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨْﺄَﻭ‪‬ﻥَ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧْﺘَﻈ‪‬ﺮُﻭﺍ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﻨﻮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺯﺍﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳـﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ‪) :‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰِﻳﺰٌ‪ ،‬ﻏَﻔُﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃَﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﺃَﺯ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺟ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻏَﺎﺳ‪‬ﻖٍ ‪.(...‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻮﻳﻦ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍ‪‬ﻇْﻬ‪‬ﺎﺭ ‪ -2‬ﺍ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻏَﺎﻡ ‪ -3‬ﻗَﻠْﺐ ‪ -4‬ﺍ‪‬ﺧْﻔﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪34‬‬

‫ﺍﻭﻻً ‪ :‬ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻏﻨّﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺷﺶ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﻣﻲﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﺩ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﺰﻩ‪ ،‬ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻏﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﻨْﺌَﻮ‪‬ﻥَ‬ ‫ﺇِﻥْ ﺃَﺭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺗُﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﺃَﻋ‪‬ﻄَﻲ‬ ‫َﻣﻦْ ء‪‬ﺍَﻣ‪‬ﻦَ‬

‫ﺃﻷْﻧْﻬ‪‬ﺮُ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﻫ‪‬ﻠَﻚ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﻫ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱﺍﷲُ‬
‫ﺃَﻧْﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﻋ‪‬ﻠَﻖٍ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞَ‬ ‫ﺇِﻥْ ﻋ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘُﻢ‪‬‬
‫ﺗَﻨْﺤ‪‬ﻨُﻮﻥَ‬ ‫ﻓَﻤ‪‬ﻦْ ﺣ‪‬ﺂﺟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﺣ‪‬ﻜﻴِﻢٍ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞَ‬
‫ﻓَﺴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨْﻐ‪‬ﻀُﻮﻥَ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﻏَﻴ‪‬ﺮِﻛُﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﻏ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴﻦٍ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﻏ‪‬ﻞﱟ‬
‫ﺃَﻟْﻤ‪‬ﻨْﺨَﻨ‪‬ﻘَﺔُ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﺧَﻴ‪‬ﺮٍ‬ ‫ﻓَﺈِﻥْ ﺧ‪‬ﻔْﺘُﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﺧَﺸ‪‬ﻲ‪‬‬
‫‪35‬‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‬

‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻨﻮﻳﻦ‬

‫ﻷَﻱ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡِ ﺃُﺟ‪‬ﻠَﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﺷَﻴ‪‬ﺌًﺎ ﺇِﺩ‪‬ﺍ‬ ‫ﻭ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻨﱠﺖ‪ ‬ﺃَﻟْﻔَﺎﻓﺎً‬

‫ﺟ‪‬ﺮُﻑ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎﺭٍ‬ ‫ﺳ‪‬ﻼَﻡ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻲ‪‬‬ ‫ﻟ‪‬ﻜُﻞﱢ ﻗَﻮ‪‬ﻡٍ ﻫ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬‬
‫ﺃَﺟِﺮﺍً ﻋ‪‬ﻈ‪‬ﻴﻤﺎً‬ ‫ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺟ‪‬ﻨﱠﺔٍ ﻋ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔٍ‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪‬‬
‫ﺗ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺘَﺮَﺓً ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺿ‪‬ﺮَﺓً‬ ‫ﻧَﺎﺭﺍً ﺣ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔً‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﺰِﻳﺰٌ ﺣ‪‬ﻜ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪‬‬
‫ﺑِﻘُﺮء‪‬ﺍﻥٍ ﻏَﻴ‪‬ﺮِ ﻫ‪‬ﺬَﺍ‬ ‫ﺃَﺟ‪‬ﺮٌ ﻏَﻴ‪‬ﺮُ ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨُﻮﻥٍ‬ ‫ﻭ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﻏَﻔُﻮﺭ‪‬‬
‫ﻧَﺎﺭ‪‬ﺍ ﺧَﺎﻟ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻧَﺨْﻞٍ ﺧَﺎﻭِﻳ‪‬ﺔٍ‬ ‫ﻟَﻄ‪‬ﻴﻒ‪ ‬ﺧَﺒِﻴﺮٌ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪36‬‬

‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎً ‪ :‬ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻭ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻮﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺻﻼً ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ؛ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪ )ـّ( ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺷﺸﮕﺎﻧﻪ )ﻳ‪‬ﺮْﻣ‪‬ﻠُﻮﻥَ(‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻻﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻭ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻨّﻪ؛ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻏﻨّﻪ؛ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪ :‬ﻻﻡ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﻼّ ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞْ( ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪) :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞْ(‪.‬‬
‫)ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﻭ‪‬ﻟَﺪ‪ (‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪) :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻟَﺪ‪.(‬‬
‫)ﻭ‪‬ﺃَﻥْ ﻟَﻮ‪ (‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪) :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃَﻟﱠﻮ‪.(‬‬
‫)ﺧَﻴ‪‬ﺮﺍًﻳ‪‬ﺮَﻩ‪ (‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪) :‬ﺧَﻴ‪‬ﺮَﻳ‪‬ﺮَﻩ‪.(‬‬
‫)ﻗَﻮ‪‬ﻝٌ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮُﻭﻑ‪ (‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪) :‬ﻗَﻮ‪‬ﻟُﻤ‪َ‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮُﻭﻑ‪.(‬‬
‫ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ‬

‫ﻟَﻦْ ﻳ‪‬ﻘْﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞْ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﻳ‪‬ﺸَﺂء‪‬‬ ‫ﺇِﻥْ ﻳ‪‬ﻜُﻮﻧُﻮﺍ‬

‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺛَﺔٍ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﻭ‪‬ﻟَﺪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧَﺎ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻕٍ‬
‫ﻓَﻤ‪‬ﻦْ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻠَﻜَﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﻣ‪‬ﻠَﻚ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻝٍ‬
‫ﻟَﻦْ ﻧَﺪ‪‬ﺧُﻠَﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦْ ﻧُﺮِﻳﺪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺇِﻥْ ﻧَﺸَﺄْ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﻧَﺬ‪‬ﻳﺮٍ‬
‫***‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﻟَﻜ‪‬ﻦْ ﻻَﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠَﻤ‪‬ﻮﻥَ‬ ‫ﻭ‪ ‬ﺃَﻥْ ﻟَﻮِ‬ ‫ﺃَﻥْ ﻟَﻦْ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﻟَﺪ‪‬ﻧْﻪ‪‬‬
‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝٍ‬ ‫ﺃَﻥْ ﺭ‪‬ء‪‬ﺍﻩ‪ ‬ﺃﺳ‪‬ﺘَﻐْﻨَﻲ ]ﻋ‪‬ﻦْ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻬِﻢ‪[‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻬِﻢ‪‬‬
‫‪37‬‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‬

‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻨﻮﻳﻦ‬

‫ﻭ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻟَﺪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺧَﻴ‪‬ﺮٌ ﻭ‪ ‬ﺃَﺑ‪‬ﻘَﻲ‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻮﻩ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺌُِﺬ‪‬‬ ‫ﺧَﻴ‪‬ﺮﺍً ﻳ‪‬ﺮَﻩ‪‬‬
‫ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺌ‪‬ﺬ‪ ‬ﻧﱠﺎﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔٌ‬ ‫ﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻔﺎً ﻣ‪‬ﻄَﻬ‪‬ﺮَﺓً ﻗَﻮ‪‬ﻝً ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮُﻭﻑ‪ ‬ﻛُﻼ‪ ‬ﻧُﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬‬
‫***‬
‫ﻋ‪‬ﻴﺸَﺔٍ ﺭ‪‬ﺍﺿ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔٍ‬ ‫ﻏَﻔُﻮﺭ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻫ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺰَﺓٍ ﻟُﻤ‪‬ﺰَﺓٍ‬ ‫َﻣﺎﻻً ﻟُﺒ‪‬ﺪﺍً‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﺭءﺍﻩ ﺃﺳﺘﻐﻨﻲ ]ﻋﻦ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻬﻢ[‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺭﺑﻬﻢ‬

‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺠﻨﺲ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ‬

‫ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ؛ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛـﻞ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﻤﻨﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ : : -‬ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ )ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻫﻤﺠﺴﻨﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ : : -‬ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ )ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻨﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ : : -‬ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ)ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺩﻭﺭﻧﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺖ ﻣﺘﻔﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻞ )ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ( ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ؛‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﺑﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻻﻡ ﻭ ﻻﻡ‪ .‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪38‬‬

‫)ﺃَﺫْﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺑِﻜ‪‬ﺘَﺎﺑِﻲ( )ﻗُﻞْ ﻷَﺃَﺳ‪‬ﺄَﻟَﻜُﻢ‪) (‬ﻭ‪ ‬ﻛَﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﻣ‪‬ﻠَﻚ‪(‬‬

‫ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻔﻖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺖ ‪،‬ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ؛ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ )ﻫﻤﺠﻨﺲ( ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩ؛ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﺗﺎ ﻭ ﻃﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻑ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﺛﺎ ﻭ ﺫﺍﻝ‪ .‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻓَﺎَﻣ‪‬ﻨَﺖ‪ ‬ﻃَﺂﺋ‪‬ﻔَﺔٌ( )ﻧَﺨْﻠُﻘْﻜُﻢ‪) (‬ﻳ‪‬ﻠْﻬ‪‬ﺚْ ﺫَﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪.(‬‬
‫ﺣﻜﻢ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺖ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ )ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ(‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺻﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻔﺺ ‪،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻭﺍﻭ ‪،‬ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﻻﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍ‪ .‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻗَﺪ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ( )ﻭ‪ ‬ﻟَﻘَﺪ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺂء‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪) (‬ﺇِﺫْ ﺗَﺄْﺗ‪‬ﻴﻬِﻢ‪(‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻔﺺ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ‬
‫ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ؛ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ؛ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺳ‪‬ﻠَﻜَﻜُﻢ‪) (‬ﺃَﻟﺮﱠﺣ‪‬ﻴﻢِ ﻣ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻚ‪) (‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺬﱢﺏ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﻳ‪‬ﺸَﺂء‪.(‬‬
‫]ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ )ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺩﻭﺭ( ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﻼّ ‪ :‬ﺑﺎ ﻭ ﻻﻡ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻥ ﻭ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻓﺎ‪.‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪) :‬ﻗُﻞْ ﺑ‪‬ﻠَﻲ( )ﺃَﻷَﻧْﻬ‪‬ﺮُ( )ﺗَﻌ‪‬ﻔُﻮﺍ(‪[.‬‬
39 ‫ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‬

(3) ‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ‬
: ‫ ﭘﺮﺳﺶ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬، ‫ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺩﺭﺱ‬-1]
‫ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺗﻨﻮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬-‫ﺃ‬
.‫ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻮﻳﻦ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ‬-‫ﺏ‬
.‫ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬-‫ﺝ‬
.‫ ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻏﻨّﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻪ ﺣﺮﻓﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ‬-‫ﺩ‬
‫ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ؟‬-‫ﻫ‬
: ‫ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ‬-‫ﻭ‬
،‫ﻮﺍ‬‫ ﺇِﺫْﻇَﻠَﻤ‬،‫ﻬِﻢ‬‫ﻠَﻴ‬‫ﺍﻏْﻠُﻆْ ﻋ‬‫ ﻭ‬،‫ﺮًﺍ‬‫ﺎ ﺧَﻴ‬‫ﺍﺟ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ ﺃَﺯ‬،‫ﺍﻟَﻜَﻢ‬‫ﻭ‬‫ﺪ‬‫ ﻋ‬،ْ‫ ﺃَﻥْ ﻟَﻦ‬،‫ﻴﻢ‬‫ ﺃَﻟ‬‫ﺬَﺍﺏ‬‫ ﻋ‬،‫ ﺗَﺄْﺗﻴِﻬِﻢ‬‫ﻛَﺎﻧَﺖ‬
[.ِ‫ﺬَﺍﺏ‬‫ﻦْ ﻋ‬‫ ﻣ‬،َ‫ﺧَﻞ‬‫ﺪ‬‫ ﺃَﻥْ ﻳ‬،‫ﻠُﻮﻡ‬‫ﻌ‬‫ﻖﱞ ﻣ‬‫ﺣ‬
‫ ﺑﺎ ﮔﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻮﺭﻩ ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬،‫ ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ‬-2
: ‫ﺧﻂ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬



                

             

          

             

             
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ 40

           

               

               

            

             

           

         

               

              

               

        

          

            

           

           

             
‫‪41‬‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‬

‫ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‬

‫ﺑﻘﻴﻪ ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻮﻳﻦ ‪ :‬ﻗﻠﺐ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻔﺎ‬

‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎً ‪ :‬ﻗﻠﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻨّﻪ ﺍﺧﻔﺎ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻧﺰﺩ » ﺑﺎ « ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ؛ﻣﺜﻼً ‪:‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪) :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻞَ(‪.‬‬ ‫)ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﺑ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻞَ(‬
‫)ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻊ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻴﺮٌ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪) :‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻴﺮٌ(‪.‬‬

‫)ﻣ‪‬ﻨْﻔَﻄ‪‬ﺮٌﺑِﻪ‪ (‬ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪) :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨْﻔَﻄ‪‬ﺮُﻣ‪‬ﺒِﻪ‪.(‬‬

‫)ﺯ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺝٍ ﺑ‪‬ﻬِﻴﺞٍ( ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪) :‬ﺯ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟِﻤ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻬِﻴﺞٍ(‪.‬‬

‫)ﻣ‪‬ﺸٌﺂء‪‬ﺑِﻨَﻤ‪‬ﻴﻢٍ( ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪) :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺸﱠﺂﺋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺒِﻨَﻤ‪‬ﻴﻢٍ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪) :‬ﺃَﻣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺄَﻙ‪.(‬‬ ‫)ﺃَﻧْﺒ‪‬ﺄَﻙ‪(‬‬

‫ﺭﺍﺑﻌﺎً ‪ :‬ﺍ‪‬ﺧْﻔََﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍ‪‬ﺧْﻔﺎ ‪ ،‬ﭘﻨﻬﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻮﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺑﺮ ﻏُﻨﱠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪43‬‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻘﻴﻪ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻩ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ‪:‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻃَﻴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﺯِﺩ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺗُﻘًﻲ ﺿَﻊ‪ ‬ﻇَﺎﻟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫‪F18‬‬ ‫ﺻ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﺫَﺍﺛَﻨَﺎ ﻛَﻢ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪ ‬ﺷَﺨْﺺ‪ ‬ﻗَﺪ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﻔﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣ‪‬ﻨْﺼ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪‬ﺍ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻨْﺼ‪‬ﺮُﻛُﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﺻ‪‬ﻠْﺼ‪‬ﺎﻝٍ‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻦْ ﺻ‪‬ﻼَﺗ‪‬ﻬِﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﻣ‪‬ﻨْﺬ‪‬ﺭ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﺫَﺍ ﺃﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﺫَﻫ‪‬ﺐٍ‬
‫ﺃﻷُﻧْﺜﻲ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻨْﺜُﻮﺭ‪‬ﺍ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﺛَﻤ‪‬ﺮَﺓٍ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﺛَﻘُﻠَﺖ‪‬‬
‫ﻳ‪‬ﻨْﻜُﺜُﻮﻥَ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻨْﻜ‪‬ﺮُﻭﻥَ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﻛ‪‬ﺘَﺎﺏٍ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﻛَﺎﻥَ‬
‫ﺃَﻧْﺠ‪‬ﺌﻜُﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺯ‪‬ﻧْﺠ‪‬ﺒِﻴﻼً‬ ‫ﺇِﻥْ ﺟ‪‬ﺂء‪‬ﻛُﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪‬‬
‫ﺇِﻧْﺸَﺂء‪‬‬ ‫ﺃَﻧْﺸَﺮَﻩ‪‬‬ ‫ﻟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦْ ﺷَﺂء‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﺷَﺮﱢ‬
‫ﺃَﻭِ ﺃﻧْﻘُﺺ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻨْﻘَﻠ‪‬ﺐ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓَﺈِﻥْ ﻗَﺎﺗَﻠُﻮﻛُﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﻗَﺒ‪‬ﻞُ‬
‫ﻧَﻨْﺴ‪‬ﺌﻜُﻢ‪‬‬ ‫]ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﺳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺮِﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ [‬ﻧَﻨْﺴ‪‬ﺦْ‬ ‫ﺃَﻥْ ﺳ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻜُﻮﻥُ‬
‫ﺃَﻧْﺪ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪‬ﺍ‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻨْﺪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃَﻥْ ﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺗُﻜُﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ِﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﺩ‪‬ﻭﻥِ‬
‫ﺗَﻨْﻄ‪‬ﻘُﻮﻥَ‬ ‫ﻓَﺈِﻥْ ﻃ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻦَﻟَﻜُﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﻧْﻄَﻠ‪‬ﻘُﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﻃَﻴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪‬‬
‫_________________________________________________________________________‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ -1 :‬ﺹ ‪ -2‬ﺫ ‪ -3‬ﺙ ‪ -4‬ﻙ ‪ -5‬ﺝ ‪ -6‬ﺵ ‪ -7‬ﻕ ‪ -8‬ﺱ ‪ -9‬ﺩ ‪ -10‬ﻁ ‪ -11‬ﺯ‬
‫‪ -12‬ﻑ ‪ -13‬ﺕ ‪ -14‬ﺽ ‪ -15‬ﻅ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪44‬‬

‫ﺃَﻧْﺰَﻟْﻨَﺎ‬ ‫ﺗَﻨْﺰِﻳﻞٌ‬ ‫ﺇِﻥْ ﺯ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘُﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﺯ‪‬ﻗُﻮﻡٍ‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﻨْﻔ‪‬ﻘُﻮﻥَ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻨْﻔَﻜ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦَ‬ ‫ﻓَﺈِﻥْ ﻓَﺂءﻭ‪‬ﺍ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﻓ‪‬ﺌَﺔٍ‬
‫ﺃَﻧْﺘُﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻛُﻨْﺘُﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪ ‬ﺇِﻥْ ﺗَﺘَﻮ‪‬ﻟﱠﻮ‪‬ﺍ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﺗَﺎﺏ‪‬‬
‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﺿُﺮﱟ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻨْﻀُﻮﺩ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﺿَﻞﱠ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﺿَﺮِﻳﻊٍ‬
‫ﻓَﺄﻧْﻈُﺮْ‬ ‫ﺃَﻧْﻈ‪‬ﺮْﻧ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﻇَﻠَﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﻇَﻬِﻴﺮٍ‬
‫‪45‬‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‬

‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻨﻮﻳﻦ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻛ‪‬ﺮَﺍﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻛَﺎﺗ‪‬ﺒِﻴﻦَ‬ ‫ﺭِﻳﺤﺎً ﺻ‪‬ﺮْﺻ‪‬ﺮًﺍ ﻇ‪‬ﻞﱟ ﺫ‪‬ﻱ ﺛَﻼَﺙ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻄَﺎﻉٍ ﺛَﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﻓَﻮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺄَﻟَﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻻً ﺷَﺎﻫ‪‬ﺪﺍً ﻛُﺘُﺐ‪ ‬ﻗًﻴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔٌ‬ ‫ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺧَﺎﻟ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺷَﺮَﺍﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻃَﻬ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪‬ﺍ ﻧَﻔْﺴ‪‬ﺎ ﺯ‪‬ﻛ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔً‬ ‫ﺩ‪‬ﻛ‪‬ﺎ ﺩ‪‬ﻛ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻇ‪‬ﻼً ﻇَﻠ‪‬ﻴﻼً‬ ‫ﻗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔٌ ﺿ‪‬ﻴﺰَﻱ‬ ‫ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔٍ ﺗُﺠ‪‬ﺰَﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ 46

(4) ‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ‬
: ‫ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﺳﺶ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬-1]
‫ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ؟‬-‫ﺃ‬
‫ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ؟‬، ‫ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻗﻠﺐ‬-‫ﺏ‬
.‫ ﺍﺧﻔﺎ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬-‫ﺝ‬
[.‫ ﺍﻟﺦ« ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺑﺴﭙﺎﺭﻳﺪ‬... ‫ ﺫَﺍﺛَﻨَﺎ‬‫ﻒ‬‫ ﺑﻴﺖ » ﺻ‬-‫ﺩ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻮﺭﻩ ﮔﻮﺵ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻭ‬،‫ ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ‬-2
.‫ ﺧﻂ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬،‫ﺍﺧﻔﺎ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ؛ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬



               

                

            

              

               

           

          

          
47 ‫ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‬

           

             

             

           

           

              

           

            

           

          

             

          

           
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‬

‫ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‬

‫ﺏ ‪ :‬ﻣﻴﻢ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ‬

‫ﺃَﻣ‪‬ﺮًﺍ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻖُ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﺃَﷲُ‬ ‫ﺃَﻧْﺘُﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺇِﻧْﻜُﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃَﻡ‪‬‬

‫ﺃَﻣ‪‬ﻨًﺎ‬ ‫ﺃُﻣ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻲ ﻟَﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃَﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺂء‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺸُﻮﻥَ‬ ‫ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟ‪‬ﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻻ‪ ،‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﻢ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ‪ ،‬ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ؛ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫)ﺃَﻡ‪ (‬ﻭ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﻢ؛ ﻣﺜﻞ )ﺃَﻣ‪‬ﺮًﺍ( )ﺃَﻣ‪‬ﻨًﺎ( )ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ (‬ﻭ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻌﻞ؛ ﻣﺜﻞ )ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺸُﻮﻥَ( )ﺃَﻣ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻲ(‬
‫)ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻖُ( )ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﺃﷲُ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﻣﺜﻞ )ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺸُﻮﻥَ( )ﺃَﻣ‪‬ﺮًﺍ( ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ؛ ﻣﺜﻞ )ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪(‬‬
‫)ﺃَﻧْﺘُﻢ‪.(‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻢ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺳﻪ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ‪ -2‬ﺍﺧﻔﺎ ‪ -3‬ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ‬
‫‪49‬‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻻً ‪ :‬ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻢ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ‪،‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﻢ ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ؛ ﻣﺜﻞ )ﺃَﻡ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ( )ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨْﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ( )ﻛَﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ( )ﻟَﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬
‫ﻣ‪‬ﻐْﻔ‪‬ﺮَﺓٌ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎً ‪ :‬ﺍﺧﻔﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻢ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ » ﺑﺎ« ﺍﺧﻔﺎ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ؛ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎﺭِﺯ‪‬ﻭﻥَ( )ﻛَﻠْﺒ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎﺳ‪‬ﻂٌ( )ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑِﻬِﻢ‪.(‬‬

‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎً ‪ :‬ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻢ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻘﻴﻪ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺒﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺷﺶ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ؛ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺩ‪‬ﺍﺭِﻛُﻢ‪ ‬ﺛَﻼَﺛَﺔِ ﺃَﻥﱠ ﻟَﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻨﱠﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘَﺮُﻭﻥَ‬ ‫ﺃَﻡ‪ ‬ﺃَﻣ‪‬ﻨْﺘُﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﺗَﺮْﻫ‪‬ﻘُﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺫ‪‬ﻟﱠﺔٌ‬ ‫ﺃﻟْﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ِ‬ﷲِ‬ ‫ﺃَﻡ‪ ‬ﺧُﻠ‪‬ﻘُﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﺃَﻡ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺘُﻢ‪‬‬
‫ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺸُﻮﻥَ‬ ‫ﺗُﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻮﻥَ‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺰًﺍ‬ ‫ﺃَﻣ‪‬ﺮًﺍ‬
‫ﻭ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻇَﻠﻤ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻥَ‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺃَﻣ‪‬ﻄَﺮْﻧَﺎ‬ ‫ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﺎﻏ‪‬ﺮُﻭﻥَ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﻣ‪‬ﻀُﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺃَﻡ‪ ‬ﻗَﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺗُﺒ‪‬ﻊٍ‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻟَﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻏُﺮَﻑ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃَﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺂء‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬
‫ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﻥَ‬ ‫ﻭ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻧَﺂﺋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮﻥَ‬ ‫ﺃَﻡ‪ ‬ﻟَﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺇِﻧﱠﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻛَﺎﻧُﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻟَﻌ‪‬ﻠﱠﻬﻢ ﻳ‪‬ﺬﱠﻛﱠﺮُﻭﻥَ‬ ‫ﺃَﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺗًﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪50‬‬

‫ﺝ ‪ :‬ﻣﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪﺩﺍﺭ‬

‫ﻷُﻗَﻄﱢﻌ‪‬ﻦﱠ ﺃﻟْﺠ‪‬ﻨﱠﺔَ‬ ‫ﺗَﻈُﻨﱡﻮﻥَ‬ ‫ﺇِﻧﱠﻜُﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻨﱠﺎ‬ ‫ﺇِﻥﱠ‬

‫ﺟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻨﱠﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﻟﻨﱠﺎﺭِ‬ ‫ﺃﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱِ‬ ‫ﺃَﻟْﺠِﻨﱠﺔِ‬
‫ﻫ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺯٍ‬ ‫ﺛُﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻟَﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻓَﺈِﻣ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺃَﻣ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻫ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﺗُﺪ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮُ‬ ‫ﺩ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮْﻧَﺎﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬
‫‪51‬‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻻ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻥ ﻣﺸﺪ‪‬ﺩ )ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪﺩﺍﺭ(‪ ،‬ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻑ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ؛ ﻣﺜﻞ )ﺇِﻥﱠ( )ﺛُﻢ‪ (‬ﻭ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﻢ؛ ﻣﺜﻞ )ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ( )ﺃَﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱِ( )ﻫ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺯٍ( ﻭ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ؛ ﻣﺜﻞ )ﺗَﻈُﻨﱡﻮﻥَ( )ﺩ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮْﻧَﺎﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪.(‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ؛ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺗَﻈُﻨﱡﻮﻥَ( )ﺃَﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱِ( )ﺃَﻟْﺠ‪‬ﻨﱠﺔَ( )ﻫ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺯٍ( )ﺩ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮْﻧَﺎﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪.(‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ؛ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺇِﻥﱠ( )ﻷُﻗَﻄﱠﻌ‪‬ﻦﱠ( )ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪) (‬ﺛُﻢ‪.(‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻴﻢ ﻣﺸﺪ‪‬ﺩ ـ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺟﺎ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ـ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻏﻨّﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ 52

(5) ‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ‬
: ‫ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬-1]
.‫ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ‬، ‫ ﻣﻴﻢ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ‬-‫ﺃ‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬-‫ﺏ‬
،‫ﻄَﻲ‬‫ﻦْ ﺃَﻋ‬‫ﺎ ﻣ‬‫ ﻓَﺄَﻣ‬،‫ﺎ‬‫ ﺇِﻧﱠﻤ‬،ٌ‫ﻦ‬‫ﺆْﻣ‬‫ ﻣ‬‫ﻨْﻜُﻢ‬‫ ﻣ‬‫ ﻭ‬،‫ﻨَﺖ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ ﺑِﺎﻟْﺒ‬‫ﻢ‬‫ﻠُﻬ‬‫ﺳ‬‫ ﺭ‬،‫ﻮﺍ‬‫ﺘُﻮﺑ‬‫ ﻳ‬‫ ﻟَﻢ‬،‫ﻠَﻲ‬‫ ﻋ‬‫ﻢ‬‫ﻫ‬‫ﻭ‬
.َ‫ﻮﺍ ﺃَﻟﺬﱢﻛْﺮ‬‫ﻌ‬‫ﻤ‬‫ﺎ ﺳ‬‫ ﻟَﻤ‬،‫ﺭ‬‫ ﻓَﺄَﻧْﺬ‬،ْ‫ﻦ‬‫ ﻣ‬‫ﻢ‬‫ ﻫ‬،‫ﻃَﻠﱠﻘَﻜُﻦﱠ‬
‫ﭼﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬،‫ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻏﻨّﻪ‬-‫ﺝ‬
[.‫ﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ؟ ﭼﺮﺍ؟‬‫ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻮﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻴﻢ ﻣﺸﺪ‬-‫ﺩ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻮﺭﻩ ﮔﻮﺵ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻂ‬،‫ ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ‬-2
:‫ﻣﻴﻢ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪﺩﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬، ‫ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬



            

           

             

            

           

               

            
53 ‫ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‬

              

            

           

             

            

           

           

          

            

             

            

          

          

        

 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺷﺸﻢ‬

‫ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‬

‫ﺩ ‪» :‬ﺭﺍ«‬
‫»ﺭﺍ« ﺩﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﻪ ﺿﻤﻪ )ﺭ‪ (‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺘﺤﻪ )ﺭ‪ (‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﺮﻩ )ﺭِ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺿﻤﻪ )‪ُ...‬ﺭ‪ (‬ﻳﺎ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺘﺤﻪ )‪َ...‬ﺭ‪ (‬ﻳﺎ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺴﺮﻩ )‪ِ...‬ﺭ‪(‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ‪ 1‬ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫‪F19‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻡ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺘﺤﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺿﻤﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ؛ ﺗﻔﺨﻴﻢ‬
‫‪F20‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ ﺍﻭﻝِ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﭼﻪ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫_________________________________________________________________________‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ »ﺭﺍ«ﻱ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ؛ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﺰﻩ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺗﻔﺨﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪:‬‬
‫»ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺃﺭ‪‬ﺟِﻌ‪‬ﻮﻥِ«‪» ،‬ﺛُﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﺭ‪‬ﺟِﻊ‪» «‬ﻟَﻜُﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﺭ‪‬ﺟِﻌ‪‬ﻮﺍ«‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺗﻔﺨﻴﻢ؛ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻏﻠﻴﻆ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻔﺖ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺗﻔﺨﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮﻭﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺩﻫﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺪﺍ ﭘ‪‬ﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺮﻋﻜﺲ ﺗﻔﺨﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪55‬‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‬

‫ﻭ‪ ‬ﻧَﺤ‪‬ﺸُﺮُ ﺃﻟْﻤ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮِﻣ‪‬ﻴﻦَ‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭ‪‬ﺯِﻗُﻮﺍ ﺳ‪‬ﻨَﻔْﺮُﻍُ‪ ،‬ﻋ‪‬ﺮُﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻧَﻤ‪‬ﻴﺮُ ﺃَﻫ‪‬ﻠَﻨَﺎ‬

‫ﺻ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮَ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪ ‬ﻏَﻔَﺮَ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺮَﻭ‪‬ﻧَﻪ‪ ،‬ﺧَﺮَﺟ‪‬ﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ء‪‬ﻭﻑ‪ ،‬ﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪‬‬
‫ﻓَﺄﻫ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮْ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪ ‬ﺃﻧْﻈُﺮْ‬ ‫ﺃﻟْﻘُﺮْء‪‬ﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮْﺯ‪‬ﻗُﻮﻥَ‪ ،‬ﺗُﺮْﺟِﻲ‬
‫ﻓَﻼَ ﺗَﻘْﻬ‪‬ﺮْ‪ ،‬ﻓَﻼَ ﺗَﻨْﻬ‪‬ﺮْ‬ ‫ﺃﻟْﻌ‪‬ﺮْﺵِ‪ ،‬ﺃﻷَﺭ‪‬ﺽ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮْﺿَﻲ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ‪» ،‬ﺭﺍ« ﻣﻜﺴﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ؛ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺴﺮﺓ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ‪ 1‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ »ﻳﺎ«ﻱ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ؛‬
‫‪F21‬‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪:‬‬

‫_________________________________________________________________________‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻼ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭﮔﺮﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﺨﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ؛ ﻣﺜﻞ »ﺍﻟﻤ‪‬ﺮْﺻ‪‬ﺎﺩ«‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪56‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺃﻟْﻔَﺠ‪‬ﺮِ ﻭ‪ ‬ﻟَﻴ‪‬ﺎﻝٍ ﻋ‪‬ﺸْﺮٍ‬ ‫ﻗَﺮِﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺗُﺮِﻳﺪ‪‬ﻭﻥَ‬ ‫ﺭِﺟ‪‬ﺎﻝٌ‪ ،‬ﺭِﺯ‪‬ﻗًﺎ‬

‫ﻣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛ‪‬ﺮٍ‪ ،‬ﻧَﺎﺻ‪‬ﺮٌ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻘْﺘَﺪ‪‬ﺭٍ‬ ‫ﻓ‪‬ﺮْﻋ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻥَ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮْﺑ‪‬ﺔٍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻹِﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺔِ‬
‫ﺃﻟﻄﱠﻴ‪‬ﺮَ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﺴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮْ‪ ،‬ﺧَﻴ‪‬ﺮْ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪ِ‬ﻴﺮْ‪ ،‬ﻗَﺪ‪‬ﻳﺮْ‬

‫ﻫ ‪ :‬ﻻﻡ‬
‫ﻻﻡ ‪،‬ﺩﺭ ﻟﻔﻆ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻱ)ﺃَﷲُ( )ﺃَﻟﻠﱠﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ (‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺘﺤﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺿﻤﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﺗﻔﺨﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺴﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺷَﺂء‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ‬ ‫ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ‬ ‫ﻗَﺎﻝَ ﺍﷲُ‬

‫ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻞُ ﺍﷲُ‬ ‫ﻗَﺎﻟُﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﺳ‪‬ﻞَ‬
‫ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻔْﺘَﺢِ ﺍﷲُ‬ ‫ﺑِﺴ‪‬ﻢِ ﺍﷲِ‬ ‫ِﷲِ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﻻﻡ »ﺃﻝ« ﺩﺭ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ـ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻔﻆ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ـ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻗﺴﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ؛ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻟﺸﱠﻤ‪‬ﺲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺃَﻟﻄﱠﺂﻣ‪‬ﺔُ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﺮﱠﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦُ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﺮﱠﺣ‪‬ﻴﻢِ‪.‬‬
‫‪57‬‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺭﺍ »ﻻﻡ ﺷﻤﺴﻲ« ﻣﻲﻧﺎﻣﻨﺪ؛ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ »ﺷﻤﺲ = ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ« ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺷﺪ‪‬ﻩ‬
‫)ـّ( ﺭﻭﻱ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻗﺴﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ؛ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻟْﻘَﻤ‪‬ﺮُ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟْﻌ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟْﺨَﺒِﻴﺮُ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟْﻘَﻮ‪‬ﻝُ‪ ،‬ﺑِﺄﻟْﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮُﻭﻑ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺭﺍ »ﻻﻡ ﻗﻤﺮﻱ« ﻣﻲﻧﺎﻣﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ »ﻗﻤﺮ = ﻣﺎﻫﺘﺎﺏ« ﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺁﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻥ ﺷﺪ‪‬ﻩ )ـّ( ﺭﻭﻱ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻗﻤﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪«‬‬ ‫ﺣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪ ‬ﺧَﻒ‪‬‬ ‫»ﺇِﺑ‪‬ﻎِ‬
‫‪14 13 12 11 10‬‬ ‫‪98765 321‬‬
‫)ﻭ ﺑﻘﻴﻪ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺒﺎ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺷﻤﺴﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ 58

(6) ‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ‬
: ‫ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﺯﻣﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬-1]
.‫ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ »ﺭﺍ« ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻤﺎﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻔﺨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ‬-‫ﺃ‬
‫ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻔﺨﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﻖ؟ ﭼﺮﺍ؟‬-‫ﺏ‬
،‫ﺑِﻲ‬‫ ﺭ‬،‫ﻮﺍ‬‫ﺗَﺎﺑ‬‫ ﺃَﻡِ ﺃﺭ‬،‫ ﻛَﻔَﺮُﻭﺍ‬،ُ‫ﺮ‬‫ ﺃﻷَﻧْﻬ‬،‫ﻢ‬‫ﻫ‬‫ ﻧُﻮﺭ‬،ُ‫ﻴﺮ‬‫ﺼ‬‫ ﺃَﻟْﻤ‬،‫ﺮﱠ‬‫ ﺃَﺳ‬،‫ﺮْﺿَﺎﺕ‬‫ ﻣ‬،‫ﺮْﻃَﺎﺱ‬‫ﻗ‬
.‫ﻢ‬‫ﺮِﻫ‬‫ ﺃَﻣ‬،‫ ﺃﻟﻨﱠﺎﺭ‬،‫ ﺃَﻟﻨﱠﺎ ﻗَﻮﺭ‬،‫ﺮْﻟَﻜُﻢ‬‫ﻐْﻔ‬‫ﻳ‬
‫ »ﻻﻡ« ﺗﻔﺨﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ؟‬،‫ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ‬-‫ﺝ‬
[‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ؟‬، ‫ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ »ﻻﻡ ﺷﻤﺴﻲ« ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ؛ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ‬-‫ﺩ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ»ﺭﺍ« ﻭ »ﻻﻡ« ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؛ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬،‫ ﺑﺎ ﮔﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻮﺭﻩ‬،‫ ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ‬-2
: ‫ﺧﻂ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬



             

             

             

            

              

                

                
59 ‫ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‬

              

               

           

            

             

                 

             

              

            

             

           

            

             

              

              

   

 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ‬

‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣ‪‬ﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬‬
‫ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻣ‪‬ﺪ‪، ‬ﺳﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪:‬‬
‫‪» -1‬ﻭﺍﻭ« ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪» -2‬ﻳﺎ« ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻜﺴﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪» -3‬ﺍﻟﻒ«‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮔﻔﺘﻦ »ﻧُﻮﺣ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ«‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻲﺷﻨﻮﻳﻢ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻭ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻒ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻜﺸﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭ ﭼﻴﺰ ﻣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺳﻜﻮﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﻫﻤﺰﻩ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ؛ ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
‫)ﺍﺻﻠﻲ(‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‪،‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻫﻤﺰﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻭﻻً ‪ :‬ﻫﻤﺰﻩ‬
‫‪61‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺪ ‪) :‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ(‬

‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺰﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ؛ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﺯﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‪:‬‬

‫ﻗُﺮُﻭء‬ ‫ﺃﻟﺴ‪‬ﻮء‬ ‫ﺳ‪‬ﻲء‪‬‬ ‫ﺟِﻲء‪‬‬ ‫ﺷَﺂء‪‬‬ ‫ﺟ‪‬ﺂء‪‬‬

‫ﺃﻟﻄﱠﺎﺋ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﻴﻦَ‬ ‫ﺃﻟْﻔَﺎﺋ‪‬ﺰُﻭﻥَ‬ ‫ﺃُﻭﻟﺌ‪‬ﻚ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﻟْﻤ‪‬ﻠﺌﻜ‪َ‬ﺔ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﻫﻤﺰﻩ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻠّﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺪ‪،‬ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺗﺎ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻗﺼﺮـ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ـ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺎﻳﺰ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻣﺪ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﺄﻳ‪ُ‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻳﻦَ ء‪‬ﺍﻣ‪‬ﻨُﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﺃ‪‬ﻧﱠﺂ ﺃَﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨَﺂ ﺇِﻟَﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺂ ﺃُﻧْﺰِﻝَ‬

‫ﻭ‪ ‬ﺃَﻧ‪‬ﻴﺒ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺇِﻟَﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻜُﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻗُﻮﺍ ﺃَﻧْﻔُﺴ‪‬ﻜُﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺃَﻧْﻔُﺴ‪‬ﻜُﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﻫﻤﺰﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﺟﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؛‬
‫ﻟﺬﺍ »ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ« ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪62‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺗﺎ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻗﺼﺮ ﺁﻥ ـ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ـ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪F2‬‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻳﺰ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫_________________________________________________________________________‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﺆﻟﻒ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻫﻞ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﺍﻭﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﻗﺼﺮ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻔﺺ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺤﻒ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺗﺎ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻟﺬﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺗﻘﺎﺿﺎ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺍءﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻜﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﺪ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
63 (‫ )ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ‬: ‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺪ‬

(7) ‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ‬
: ‫ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﺳﺶ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬-1]
‫ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ؟‬‫ ﻳﺎ« ﭼﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻣﺪ‬، ‫ »ﻭﺍﻭ‬-‫ﺃ‬
‫ ﭼﻘﺪﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ؟‬،‫ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬‫ ﻣﺪ‬-‫ﺏ‬
‫ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬،‫ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ‬‫ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻧﺎﻣﮕﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺪ‬-‫ﺝ‬
.‫ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ‬‫ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪ‬-‫ﺩ‬
[‫ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻜﺸﻴﺪ؟‬‫ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺪ‬-‫ﻫ‬
‫ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ‬‫ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺪ‬‫ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻮﺭﻩ ﮔﻮﺵ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻣﺪ‬-2
:‫ﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬‫ ﺗﻮﺟ‬،‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻂ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬



              

              

                

             

           

            

             

            
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ 64

                

            

            

             

             

            

             

            

             

            

         
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ‬

‫ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺪ‪‬‬

‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎً ‪ :‬ﺳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺐ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﺯﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﻻﺯﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺗُﺤ‪‬ﺂﺟ‪~‬ﻮﻧﱢﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﱠﺂﻣ‪‬ﺔُ‬ ‫ء‪‬ﺁﻟﺌَﻦَ‬ ‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺃﻟﻀﱠﺂﻟﱢﻴﻦَ‬
‫~‬
‫ﻃﺴﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺣﻢ‬ ‫ﺹ‬ ‫ﻕ~‬ ‫ﺏ‪-‬‬
‫~‬ ‫~~‬
‫~‬ ‫~‬
‫~‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺳﻜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺳﻜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ؛ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺳﺎﺯﻳﻢ؛ ﻣﺜﻼً ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ »ﻗَﺂﻑ‪ ‬ﻭ‪ ‬ﺃﻟْﻘُﺮْء‪‬ﺍﻥِ ﻭ ﺃﻟْﻤ‪‬ﺠِﻴﺪ‪ «‬ﺭﺍ ﻗﺮﺍءﺕ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ؛ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﺳﻜﻮﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﺎ )ﻑ( ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ )ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﻒ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻓﻮﺭﺍً ﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﮔﺮ »ء‪‬ﺁﻟﺌَﻦَ ﻭ‪ ‬ﻗَﺪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻗَﺒ‪‬ﻞُ« ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺳﻜﻮﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻻﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪66‬‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭ ‪،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ »ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﻻﺯﻡ« ﻣﻲﻧﺎﻣﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ »ﺃ« ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ؛ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ؛ ﻟﺬﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺭﺍ »ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﻻﺯﻡ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﻲ« ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ »ﺏ« ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﺓ ﺍﻭﺍﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺭﻩﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺭﺍ »ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺣﺮﻓﻲ« ﻣﻲﻧﺎﻣﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﻻﺯﻡ ـ ﭼﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﻲ ﭼﻪ ﺣﺮﻓﻲ ـ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻣ‪‬ﺨَﻔﱠﻒ‪) ‬ﺳﺒﻚ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜَﻘﱠﻞ )ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﻘّﻞ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ؛ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﺷﺪ‪‬ﻩ )ـّ( ﺁﻳﺪ؛ ﻣﺜﻞ »ﺃﻟﻄﱠﺂﻣ‪‬ﺔُ«‬
‫~~‬
‫»ﺃَﻟﻀﱠﺂﻟﱢﻴﻦَ« ﻳﺎ ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﺁﻳﺪ؛ ﻣﺜﻞ »ﺍﻟﻢ‪ «‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻔﻆ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‬

‫‪» :‬ﺃَﻟ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﻻَﻡ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ «‬ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﻢ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﻢ ﺩﻭﻣﻲ ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ‪،‬ﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﻢ ﺁﺧﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؛ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﻧﻴﺎﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﻣﺪ‪‬‬
‫ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣ‪‬ﺨَﻔّﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﮔﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺷﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‪،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﺶ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ»ﺃَﻟﻀﱠﺂﻟﱢﻴﻦَ«‬
‫»ﺃﻟﻄﱠﺂﻣ‪‬ﺔُ« »ﺃَﺗُﺤ‪‬ﺂﺟ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻧﱠﻲ« ﻛﺠﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﺣﺮﻑ ﻣﺸﺪ‪‬ﺩ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭﻟﻲ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ‬
‫ﻭ ﺩﻭ‪‬ﻣﻲ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؛ ﻟﺬﺍ »ﻻﻡ« ﺩﺭ »ﺍﻟﻀّﺂﻟﻴﻦ« ﻧﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻻﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪:‬‬
‫‪67‬‬ ‫ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺪ ‪) :‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ ﻋﺎﺭﺽ(‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻲ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻣﻲ ﻛﺴﺮﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ »ﻣﻴﻢ« ﺩﺭ »ﺃﻟﻄﱠﺂﻣ‪‬ﺔُ« ﻭ »ﺟﻴﻢ« ﻭ »ﻧﻮﻥ« ﺩﺭ‬

‫»ﺃَﺗُﺤ‪‬ﺂﺟ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻧﱠﻲ« ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﻋﺎﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﻓَﺘْﺢ‪ ‬ﻗَﺮِﻳﺐ‪ ‬ﺃﻟْﻤ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻴﺮٌ‬ ‫ﺃﻟﺮﱠﺣ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﻟْﻌ‪‬ﻠَﻤ‪‬ﻴﻦَ‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺗُﻌ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻨُﻮﻥَ‬ ‫ﺗَﻌ‪‬ﻠَﻤ‪‬ﻮﻥَ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺮْﺻ‪‬ﻮﺹ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﻟْﺨُﺮُﻭﺝِ‬
‫ﻟ‪‬ﻠْﺄَﻧَﺎﻡِ‬ ‫ﺃﻟﺮﱠﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦُ‬ ‫ﺃﻟْﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺘَﺎﺏِ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻻ ‪،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﻗﻒ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﻑ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭﻗﻒ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺳﻜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﻗﻒ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ؛ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺳﻜﻮﻧﻲ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﻒ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ؛ ﻣﺜﻞ »ﺃﻟْﻌ‪‬ﻠَﻤ‪‬ﻴﻦَ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦِ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺣ‪‬ﻴﻢِ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻚ‪ «... ‬ﻭ ﻣﺜﻞ »ﻭ‪ ‬ﻓَﺘْﺢ‪ ‬ﻗَﺮِﻳﺐ‪ ‬ﻭ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺸﱢﺮِ‬
‫ﺃﻟْﻤ‪‬ﺮْﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻴﻦَ«‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭ؛ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺭﺍ »ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﻋﺎﺭﺽ« ﮔﻔﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ؛ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻜﻮﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻒ ‪،‬ﻋﺎﺭﺽ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺻﻞ ‪،‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻜﻢ ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﻋﺎﺭﺽ ـ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻗُﺮﱠﺍ ـ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ‪،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺷﺶ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪68‬‬

‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ )‪(8‬‬
‫]‪ -1‬ﭘﺮﺳﺶ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺳﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﺒﺐ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪ‪‬ﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻧﺎﻣﮕﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﻻﺯﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﺨﻔﱠﻒ ﺣﺮﻓﻲ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﻲ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ‪[.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻮﺭﻩ ﮔﻮﺵ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﻋﺎﺭﺽ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻂ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﻧﻴﺰ ‪،‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﺎﺗﺤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﻋﺎﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﻃﻮﻝ )ﺷﺶ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ( ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ )ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ(‪ .‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺼﺮ )ﺩﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ(‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬

‫‪           ‬‬

‫‪          ‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪      ‬‬
69 (‫ )ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ ﻋﺎﺭﺽ‬: ‫ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺪ‬



              

           

            

            

             

              

           

   

         

           

            

            

             

            

               

             
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ 70

           

               

               

            

           

            

             

            

             

            

          

         



              

           
71 (‫ )ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ ﻋﺎﺭﺽ‬: ‫ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺪ‬

            

            

             

              

           

   

         

           

            

            

             

            

               

             

           

               

               
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ 72

            

           

            

             

            

             

            

          

         
 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﻧﻬﻢ‬

‫ﻫﻤﺰ ۀ ﻭﺻﻞ‬

‫]ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﺤﺮّﻙ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪[.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﻛﺖﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﻜﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ »ﻫﻤﺰﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ« ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﺰﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ )ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻑ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ(؛ ﻟﺬﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻫﻤﺰﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﮔﻔﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫»ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ﻭﺻﻞ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺰﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﻑ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ )ﺍﻭﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ(‬
‫ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ؛ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ‪،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻱ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪«.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ﻭﺻﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪74‬‬

‫ﺍﻭﻻً ‪ :‬ﻓﻌﻞ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻓﻌﻞ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﻜﺴﻮﺭ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺴﺮ ﻫﻤﺰ ﺓ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻓﻌﻞ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﺴﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺳﻮﻡ ﻓﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻜﺴﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧَﺎ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺮَﺍﻁَ ﺃﻟْﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘَﻘ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺇِﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺇِﻟَﻴ‪‬ﻬِﻢ‪ .‬ﺇِﻛْﺸ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨﱠﺎ ﺃﻟْﻌ‪‬ﺬَﺍﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ‪،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺳﻮﻡ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﺻﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻣﻜﺴـﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ ﺣﺘـﻲ ﺍﮔـﺮ ﻇـﺎﻫﺮﺍً‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪:‬‬

‫)‪ (‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪      :‬‬

‫)ﺹ ‪(6 /‬‬

‫)ﺍﺣﻘﺎﻑ ‪(4 /‬‬ ‫)‪ (‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﺔ‪       :‬‬

‫)‪ (‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪      :‬‬

‫)ﺻﺎﻓﺎﺕ ‪(97 /‬‬

‫)‪ (‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪       :‬‬

‫)ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ‪(71 /‬‬

‫ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺇﻣ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻮﺍ( )ﺇﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻮﺍ( )ﺇﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻮﺍ( )ﺇﻗْﻀ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻮﺍ(‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﻣﺜﻞ‬

‫)‪ (‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪     :‬‬

75 ‫ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ﻭﺻﻞ‬

(6 / ‫)ﺹ‬
(63 / ‫)ﺍﺳﺮﺍ‬        : ‫( ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﺔ‬)

(28 / ‫)ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎ‬        : ‫( ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﺔ‬)

(107 / ‫)ﻣﺎﺋﺪﻩ‬       : ‫( ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﺔ‬)

(24 / ‫)ﺹ‬        : ‫( ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﺔ‬)

     : ‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﺔ‬

(64 / ‫)ﻧﺴﺎء‬
      : ‫( ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﺔ‬)

(34 / ‫)ﺑﻘﺮﻩ‬
     : ‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﺔ‬

(39 / ‫)ﻗﺼﺺ‬
‫ ﺿﻢ ﻫﻤﺰ ﺓ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻓﻌﻞ‬-2
: ‫ ﻣﺜﻞ‬،‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺳﻮﻡ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺿﻤﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺿﻤﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‬

      : ‫( ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﺔ‬)

(14 / ‫)ﻟﻘﻤﺎﻥ‬
      : ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﺔ‬ ()

(45 / ‫)ﻋﻨﻜﺒﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ 76

(32 / ‫)ﺭﻋﺪ‬        : ‫( ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﺔ‬)

(26 / ‫)ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‬        : ‫( ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﺔ‬ )

      : ‫( ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﺔ‬ )

(283 / ‫)ﺑﻘﺮﻩ‬
( 173 / ‫)ﺑﻘﺮﻩ‬         : ‫( ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﺔ‬)

     : ‫( ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﺔ‬)

(33 / ‫)ﺳﺒﺎ‬

‫ ﺍﺳﻢ‬: ً‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‬
‫ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻓﻌﻞ‬،‫ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻣﻜﺴﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ ؛ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‬،‫ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﺳﻢ‬
‫ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻫﻔﺘﮕﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ‬.(‫ﻲ )ﺷﺶ ﺣﺮﻓﻲ‬‫ﺍﺳ‬‫ﺪ‬‫ﻲ )ﭘﻨﺞ ﺣﺮﻓﻲ( ﻭ ﺳ‬‫ﺎﺳ‬‫ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧُﻤ‬
: ‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺮَﺃَﺓ‬‫ ﺇﻣ‬-5 ِ‫ﻦ‬‫ﺇﺛْﻨَﻴ‬ -4 ‫ﺮِﻱ‬‫ ﺇﻣ‬-3 ‫ﻨَﺔ‬‫ ﺇﺑ‬-2 ‫ﻦ‬‫ ﺇﺑ‬-1
‫ ﺇﺛﻨَﻨﺘﻴﻨﺖ‬-7 ‫ﻢ‬‫ ﺇﺳ‬-6

: ‫ﻲ‬‫ﺍﺳ‬‫ﺪ‬‫ﻲ ﻭ ﺳ‬‫ﺎﺳ‬‫ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧُﻤ‬-

     : ‫( ﻣﺜﻼً ﺩﺭ‬)

(140 / ‫)ﺍﻧﻌﺎﻡ‬
77 ‫ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ﻭﺻﻞ‬

(43 / ‫ )ﻓﺎﻃﺮ‬        : ‫( ﻣﺜﻼً ﺩﺭ‬)

    : ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻭ‬

(7 / ‫)ﻧﻮﺡ‬

:‫ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻫﻔﺘﮕﺎﻧﻪ‬-

     : ‫( ﻣﺜﻼ ﺩﺭ‬)

(14 / ‫)ﺻﻒ‬
(12 / ‫( )ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻢ‬      : ‫( ﻣﺜﻼ ﺩﺭ‬)

     : ‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﺔ‬

(27 / ‫)ﻗﺼﺺ‬
      : ‫(ﻣﺜﻼ ﺩﺭ‬ )

(38 / ‫)ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺝ‬
     : ‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﺔ‬

(176 / ‫)ﻧﺴﺎء‬
      : ‫(ﻣﺜﻼ ﺩﺭ‬ )

(51 / ‫)ﻧﺤﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ 78

           : ‫( ﻣﺜﻼ ﺩﺭ‬)

(10 / ‫)ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻢ‬
    : ‫ (ﻣﺜﻼ ﺩﺭ‬‫ﻢ‬‫)ﺇﺳ‬

(45 /‫)ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‬

     : ‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﺔ‬

(8 / ‫)ﻣﺰﻣﻞ‬
(      : ‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﺔ‬

(6 / ‫)ﺻﻒ‬
(176 / ‫)ﻧﺴﺎء‬ (      : ‫( ﻣﺜﻼً ﺩﺭ‬)

       : ‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﺔ‬

(60 / ‫)ﺑﻘﺮﻩ‬
‫ ﺍﻳﻦ‬.‫ ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺬﻑ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬،‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺑﺮ ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
: ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻔﺖ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬

       -1

(80 / ‫)ﺑﻘﺮﻩ‬
(78 / ‫)ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‬     -2

(8 / ‫)ﺳﺒﺎ‬       -3

‫‪79‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ﻭﺻﻞ‬

‫)ﺻﺎﻓﺎﺕ ‪(153 /‬‬ ‫‪    -4‬‬

‫)ﺹ ‪(63 /‬‬ ‫‪    -5‬‬

‫)ﺹ ‪(75 /‬‬ ‫‪(      -6‬‬

‫‪(       -7‬‬

‫)ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻘﻮﻥ ‪(6 /‬‬

‫ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺃﺇﺗﱠﺨَﺬْﺗُﻢ‪) (‬ﺃﺇﻃﱠﻠَﻊ‪) (‬ﺃﺇﻓْﺘَﺮَﻱ( )ﺃﺇﺻ‪‬ﻄَﻔَﻲ( )ﺃﺇﺗﱠﺨَﺬْﻧَﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪) (‬ﺃﺇﺳ‪‬ﺘَﻜْﺒ‪‬ﺮْﺕ‪) (‬ﺃﺇﺳ‪‬ﺘَﻐْﻔَﺮْﺕ‪.(‬‬

‫ﻫﻤﺰﻩﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭﺍﻳﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ؛ ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ؛ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ﻗﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻤﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻱ ﻛﻼﻡ ﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺁﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺎ‪،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺑﺮ ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ﻭﺻﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻻﻡ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻔﺺ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ ‪ :‬ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻒ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺒﺎﻉ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪ‪) ‬ﺷﺶ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﻻﺯﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪F23‬‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ ‪ :‬ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪،‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺶ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪:‬‬
‫‪) -‬ء‪‬ﺍَﻟﺬﱠﻛَﺮَﻳ‪‬ﻦِ( ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺟﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻧﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ‪.144-143 :‬‬

‫_________________________________________________________________________‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻫﻤﺰﻩ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﺰﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪80‬‬

‫‪) -‬ء‪‬ﺍَﻟْﺌﻦَ( ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺟﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ‪،‬ﺁﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ‪ 51 :‬ﻭ ‪.91‬‬

‫‪) -‬ء‪‬ﺍَﷲُ ﺃَﺫ‪‬ﻥَ ﻟَﻜُﻢ‪ (‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺔ ‪.59‬‬

‫‪) -‬ء‪‬ﺍَﷲُ ﺧَﻴ‪‬ﺮٌ ﺃَﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺸْﺮِﻛُﻮﻥَ( ﺩﺭ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻧﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺔ ‪.59 :‬‬

‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎً ‪ :‬ﺣﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ‪،‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﻻﻡ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻻﻡ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ]ﻣﺜﻞ[‪:‬‬

‫‪      ‬‬

‫)ﺗﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪ 35‬ﺍﺣﺰﺍﺏ(‬ ‫‪ ... ‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻻﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺪﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪:‬‬

‫)ﺃﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ( )ﺃﻟﻠﱠﺬَﺍﻥِ( )ﺃﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻳﻦَ( )ﺃﻟﱠﺘ‪‬ﻲ( )ﺃﻟﻼﱠﺗ‪‬ﻲ( )ﺃﻟﻼﱠﺋ‪‬ﻲ( )ﺃﻟْﺌَﻦَ( )ﺃﻟْﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻊ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻻﻡ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺃﻟﺸﱠﻤ‪‬ﺲ( )ﺃﻟﺘﱠﻮ‪‬ﺍﺏ( )ﺃﻟﺮﱠﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦ( )ﺃﻟﺮﱠﺣ‪‬ﻴﻢ( )ﺃﻟْﻘَﻤ‪‬ﺮ( )ﺃﻷَﺭ‪‬ﺽ( )ﺃﻟْﺠِﺒ‪‬ﺎﻝ( )ﺃﻟْﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪(‬‬
‫)ﺃﻟْﻘُﺮء‪‬ﺍﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﺰﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺤﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫***‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ﻟﻄﻴﻒ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬

‫‪81‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺰﺓ ﻭﺻﻞ‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻟﻔﻆ »ﺑﺌﺲ«‬

‫ﺩﺭﺁﻳﺔ ‪       :‬‬

‫)ﺣﺠﺮﺍﺕ ‪(11 /‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﻒ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ »ﺃﻻ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻢ‪ «‬ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﻢ؟‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺩﻭ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺟﺎﻳﺰ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻲ ‪» :‬ﺍَﻟ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﻟْﻔُﺴ‪‬ﻮﻕُ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﻹْﻳﻤ‪‬ﻦِ«‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻲ ‪» :‬ﻟ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﻟْﻔُﺴ‪‬ﻮﻕُ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﻹْﻳﻤ‪‬ﻦِ«‪.‬‬

 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﺩﻫﻢ‬

‫ﻭﻗﻒ‬

‫]ﻭﻗﻒ ‪،‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ‪[.‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺭﻱ ‪،‬ﺁﺧﺮ ﻫﺮ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺑﻜﺸﺪ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝﺍﷲ)ﺹ( ﺍﻳﻨﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪       :‬ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ‬

‫ﻭ ﻣﻲﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻧﺪ‪     ،‬ﻭ ﻣﻲﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻧﺪ‪      ،‬ﻭ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ...‬ﺍﻟﺦ‪.‬‬
‫‪F24‬‬

‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎً ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺁﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﻭﻗﻒ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻠﻤﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﻒ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ؛ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪:‬‬

‫_________________________________________________________________________‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﺧﻮﺩ‪،‬ﺍﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺁﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝﺍﷲ)ﺹ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻡﺳﻠﻤﻪ ـ ﺭﺿﻲﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ـ‬
‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪» :‬ﻛَﺎﻥُ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝُ ﺍﷲ)ﺹ( ﻳ‪‬ﻘَﻄﱢﻊ‪ ‬ﻗ‪‬ﺮَﺍء‪‬ﺗَﻪ‪‬؛ﻳ‪‬ﻘْﺮَﺍُ ‪ :‬ﺃﻟْﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ِ‬ﷲِ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺃﻟْﻌ‪‬ﻠَﻤ‪‬ﻴﻦَ ﺛُﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻒ‪ .‬ﺃﻟﺮﱠﺣ‪‬ﻤﻦِ‬
‫ﺃﻟﺮﱠﺣ‪‬ﻴﻢِ‪ .‬ﺛُﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﻭ‪ ‬ﻛَﺎﻥَ ﻳ‪‬ﻘْﺮَﺅُﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡِ ﺃﻟْﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ‪«.‬‬
‫‪83‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﻒ‬

‫‪   /           ‬‬

‫)ﻏﺎﻓﺮ ‪(65 /‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﻒ ﺑﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ »ﺃﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦَ« ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺭﺑﻄﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠّﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﻒ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﻒ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﻗﻒ‬

‫ﺑﺮﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻳﻢ؛ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪    ‬ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﻒ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪،‬‬

‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ‪    ‬ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ »ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ «‬ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﻟﻔﻆ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻱ »ﺍﷲ« ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ‪.      :‬‬

‫ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ‪،‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭﻗﻒ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺝ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻗﻒ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺘَﻨ‪‬ﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻭﻗﻒ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻒ )ﻗﺮﺁﻥ(‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺼﺤﻒ ﻣ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻚ‬
‫]ﭼﺎپ ﻣﺼﺮ[ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ ،‬ﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﻲ‪ ، ،‬ﻻ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﻒ ‪،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻼﻳﻢ ﻧﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻁ‪ ،‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﺯ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪84‬‬

‫ﺣﺎﻝ ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ‪:‬‬

‫)ﺻﻠﻲ( )ﺹ( ‪ :‬ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻭﻗﻒ ﻭ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ؛‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻳﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻭﻗﻒ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻭ )ﺹ( ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻗﻒ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻊ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺑﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺁﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻒ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺝ( )ﺯ( ‪ :‬ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻭ ﻭﻗﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ‪،‬ﺩﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻭﺻﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻳﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻭﻗﻒ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻗﻠﻲ( )ﻁ( ‪ :‬ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻭﻗﻒ ﻭ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻒ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭼﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ‪،‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺭﺍﺑﻂﺓ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻱ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻡ( ‪ :‬ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻗﻒ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻭﺻﻞ ‪،‬ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺯﺍﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺫﻫﻦ ﺷﻨﻮﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺎﺳﺪ ﻛﻨﺪ؛ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪:‬‬

‫)ﺑﻘﺮﻩ ‪ 8 /‬ﻭ ‪(9‬‬ ‫‪      ‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﻒ ﺑﺮ »‪ «‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺧﺒﺮ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻘﺎﻥ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎً ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻱ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﻟﺬﺍ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬

‫»‪ «    ‬ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ]ﻛﻪ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺁﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ[ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ‪ :‬ﻓﻼﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺷﺨﺺ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻳﺐ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻳﺐ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ‪:‬‬

‫)ﻗﻤﺮ ‪(6 /‬‬ ‫‪        ‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫‪85‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﻒ‬

‫ﻭﻗﻒ ﺑﺮ ‪ «» :‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ‪ =  » :‬ﭘﺲ ‪،‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﻭ‬

‫ﺑﮕﺮﺩﺍﻥ« ﺭﻭﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺭﺳﻮﻝﺍﷲ)ﺹ(ﺍﺯ ﻛﻔﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ »‪  ‬‬

‫‪ =    ‬ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺴﻮﻱ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻧﺎﺧﻮﺵ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ« ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺯ‬

‫ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﻟﺬﺍ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ‪       » :‬‬

‫‪«‬؛ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ‪ :‬ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺭﺳﻮﻝﺍﷲ)ﺹ(ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻔﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ‪،‬‬

‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ »‪ «‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﻓﻌﻞ »ﺗَﻮ‪‬ﻝﱠ = ﺭﻭﺑﮕﺮﺩﺍﻥ« ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ »‪ «‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﻓﻌﻞ ]ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ؛ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ[ ‪:‬‬

‫»ﻳ‪‬ﺨْﺮُﺟ‪‬ﻮﻥَ ﻣ‪‬ﻦَ ﺃﻷَﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﺙ‪ = ‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ«‪.‬‬

‫)ﻻ( ‪ :‬ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻥ ﻭﻗﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ؛ ﺑﺎ ﻭﻗﻒ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻳﺎ ﻓﺎﺳﺪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ؛ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻻ ‪‬‬
‫‪     ‬‬
‫‪    ‬‬

‫)ﻧﺤﻞ ‪(32 /‬‬

‫‪    ‬ﻻ ‪     ‬‬

‫)ﻣﺎﻋﻮﻥ ‪ 4 /‬ﻭ ‪(5‬‬

‫‪      ‬ﻻ ‪   ‬‬

‫)ﻣﺪﺛﺮ ‪ 38 /‬ﻭ ‪(39‬‬

‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪86‬‬

‫) ‪ ( ‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻭﻗﻒ‬

‫ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻘﻪ )ﻫﻢ ﺁﻏﻮﺵ( ﻣﻲﻧﺎﻣﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻭﻗﻒ ﺑﺮ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﺟﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪:‬‬

‫‪          ‬‬

‫)ﺑﻘﺮﻩ ‪(2 /‬‬

 ‫ﺩﺭﺱ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ‬

‫ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﻪ‬

‫ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬،‫ﺍﻥ« ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ‬‫ﻨْﻮ‬‫ﺍﻥ« »ﻗ‬‫ﻨْﻮ‬‫ﺎ« »ﺻ‬‫ﻧْﻴ‬‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ »ﺃﻟﺪ‬-1
‫ ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ‬،‫ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﺎ‬
.‫ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻜْﺖ ﻣﻲﻧﺎﻣﻨﺪ[ ﺩﺭ‬‫ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﻜﻮﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ]ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻨﻔﺲ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺳ‬-2
: [‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺟﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ]ﺍﺯ ﺣﻔﺺ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬

              -

(1 / ‫)ﻛﻬﻒ‬ ...

           -

(52 / ‫)ﻳﺲ‬
         -

(27 ‫ ﻭ‬26 / ‫)ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ‬

           -
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪88‬‬

‫)ﻣﻄﻔﻔﻴﻦ ‪(14 /‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ »ﻫﺎ«ﻱ ﻛﻨﺎﻳﻪ ‪ 1‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺧﻼﻑ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻗﺼﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ‪،‬ﺑﻜﺸﻴﻢ؛‬ ‫‪F25‬‬

‫ﺩﺭﺁﻳﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫)ﻓﺮﻗﺎﻥ ‪(69 /‬‬ ‫‪    ‬‬

‫)ﻫﻮﺩ ‪(41 /‬‬ ‫‪» -4‬ﺍﻟﻒ« ﺩﺭ ‪     :‬‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ]؛ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ »ﺭﺍ« ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ »ﻳﺎ« ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ؛ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺤﻪ »ﺭﺍ« ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﻓﺘﺤﻪ ﻭ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﻛﺴﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻒ ﺑﻌﺪﺍﺯ »ﺭﺍ« ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺻﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺍﻟﻒ ﻭ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪[.‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺍﻭﻝ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﺮﺍء ﺕ )ﺗﻮﺑﻪ‪» ،9‬ﺑﺴﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ« ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻦ »ﺃَﻋ‪‬ﻮﺫُ ﺑِﺎﷲِ ﻣ‪‬ﻦَ ﺃﻟﺸﱠﻴ‪‬ﻄَﺎﻥِ ﺃﻟﺮﱠﺟِﻴﻢِ« ﺍﻛﺘﻔﺎ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻧﻔﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺳﻜﻮﺕ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫_________________________________________________________________________‬
‫‪» -1‬ﻫﺎ«ﻱ ﻛﻨﺎﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺿﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﻣﺬﻛﺮ ﻏﺎﻳﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺑﭙﻴﻮﻧﺪﺩ؛ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻟَﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑِﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ؛ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺃﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨَْﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟَﻲ ﺃﻫ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻓﻌﻞ ‪ :‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﻭِﺯ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﺧَﻠَﻘَﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺧُﺬُﻭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫»ﻫﺎ«ﻱ ﻛﻨﺎﻳﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ )ﺩﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ (‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻗﺼﺮ )ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ( ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ )ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﺻﻠﻪ( ﻣﻲﻧﺎﻣﻨﺪ؛ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺇﻧﱠﻪ‪‬‬
‫ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ،‬ﺧَﻠَﻘَﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦْ ﺗُﺮَﺍﺏٍ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺩﻭﻣﻲ ﻫﻤﺰﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ؛ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺇﺫْﻗَﺎﻝَ ﻟَﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬‬
‫ﺃﺳ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺼﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ؛ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺑﻮﺩ؛ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺃﻟَﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﻟْﻤ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻴﺮُ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺭ؛ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻟَﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﻟﻤ‪‬ﻠْﻚ‪ ،‬ﺧُﺬُﻭ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻓَﻌ‪‬ﻠﱡﻮﻩ‪ ‬ﺛُﻢ‪ ... ‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪89‬‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﻪ‬

‫‪ -6‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻱ ﺗﻼﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻦ ‪» :‬ﺃﻋﻮﺫ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻴﻢ« ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻫﺮ‬

‫ﺳﻮﺭﻩ]ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯﺗﻮﺑﻪ[ ﮔﻔﺘﻦ »ﺑﺴﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ« ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪90‬‬

‫×‬
‫×‬
‫ﺍ ﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗ ﻲ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭ ۀ ﻗﺮﺁ ﻥ×‬
‫=‬
‫؛ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺐ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﺭﻣﻀﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻋﺰّﻭﺟﻞ‬
‫ﺧﺒﺮ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ‪×:‬‬

‫)ﻗﺪﺭ ‪×(1 /‬‬ ‫‪×1      ‬‬
‫‪26F‬‬

‫)ﺑﻘﺮﻩ ‪×(185 /‬‬ ‫‪×2       ‬‬
‫‪27F‬‬

‫؛ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺁﻳﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺭﺳﻮﻝﺍﷲ)ﺹ( ﻓﺮﻭﺩ ﺁﻣﺪ ‪     ،‬‬

‫‪  ‬ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﻪ ـ ﺭﺿﻲﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ـ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ)ﻉ( ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ‪ :‬ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺳﻮﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ؛ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ‪   ‬‬

‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪×.‬‬
‫؛ ﺷﺶﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺷﺸﺼﺪ )‪ (6600‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪ 3 .‬ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺼﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻪ‬
‫‪F28‬‬

‫ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺷﺸﺼﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻔﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻳﻚ )‪ (323671‬ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺳﻮﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﺼﺪ ﻭ‬

‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻩ )‪ (114‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪×.‬‬

‫_________________________________________________________________________‬
‫‪ 1‬؛ »ﻣﺎ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺐ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻓﺮﻭ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻳﻢ«‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬؛ »ﻣﺎﻩ ﺭﻣﻀﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻓﺮﻭ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬؛ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﻛﻮﻓﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﻮ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺳ‪‬ﻠَﻤﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﺑﻲﻃﺎﻟﺐ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ »ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔﺍﻟﺰﱡﻫﺮ« ﺷﺎﻃﺒﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺷﺶ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺷﺶ )‪ (6236‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪91‬‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﻪ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺭﺳﻮﻝﺍﷲ)ﺹ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﻭﺣﻲ )ﻗﺮﺁﻥ( ﻛﺎﺗﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺰﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺣﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﻼ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺪﺑﻦ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻔﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﺷﺪﻳﻦ )ﺍﺑﻮﺑﻜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻲ( ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﺑﻲﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥ ـ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ـ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﺗﺒﺎﻥ ﻭﺣﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﺭ ﻋﻬﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝﺍﷲ)ﺹ( ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺷﺎﺧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺨﻞ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﻮﺍﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ )ﭘﻬﻦ( ﺷﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﮔﺮﺍﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻲﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﺎﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ـ ﺭِﺿْﻮ‪‬ﺍﻥُ ﺍﷲِ ﻋ‪‬ﻠَﻴ‪‬ﻬِﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴِﻦَ ـ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪ :‬ﺃﺑﻲ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻌﺐ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‪ ،‬ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻮﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﺃﺷﻌﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺎﺫﺑﻦ ﺟﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻮﻟﻲ ﺃﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺬﻳﻔﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺼﺤﻒ ﺟﻤﻊﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻛﺮﺩ؛ ﺍﺑﻮﺑﻜﺮ ﺻﺪ‪‬ﻳﻖ)ﻉ( ﺑﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ)ﻉ( ﻭ ﻣﺼﺤﻒ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺤﻒ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻩ ﻣﺎ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﺭ ﻋﻬﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝﺍﷲ)ﺹ( ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻔﺖ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺯﻳﺮ‪،‬ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ‪ :‬ﺑﻘﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﻭﻡ ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺋﺪﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻮﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﺳﻮﻡ ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺮﺍء ﺗﺎ ﻓﺮﻗﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺷﻌﺮﺍء ﺗﺎ ﻳﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﺷﺸﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺻﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺠﺮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﻕ ﺗﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺭﺍ »ﺣ‪‬ﺰْﺏ ﻣ‪‬ﻔَﺼ‪‬ﻞْ« ﻣﻲﻧﺎﻣﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪92‬‬

‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻲ ﺟﺰء ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺟﺰء ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺣ‪‬ﺰﺏ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺭﺑﻊ‪،‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﻭﻳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻬﻞ )‪ (240‬ﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﻒ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻛﻮﻉ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻒ ﻭ ﺭﻛﻮﻉ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻑ »ﻉ« ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪93‬‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﻪ‬

‫ﺁﺩﺍﺏ ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‬

‫‪ -‬ﮔﻔﺘﻦ »ﺍﻋﻮﺫ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻴﻢ« ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻋﺰّﻭﺟﻞ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪:‬‬

‫‪         ‬‬

‫)ﻧﺤﻞ ‪(98 /‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﺑﺒﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺭﺳﻮﻝﺍﷲ)ﺹ(ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭ ﺻﻴﻐﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪:‬‬
‫‪» -1‬ﺃﻋ‪‬ﻮﺫُ ﺑِﺎﷲِ ﻣ‪‬ﻦَ ﺃﻟﺸﱠﻴ‪‬ﻄَﺎﻥِ ﺃﻟﺮﱠﺟِﻴﻢِ«‪.‬‬

‫‪» -2‬ﺃﻋ‪‬ﻮﺫُ ﺑِﺎﷲِ ﺃﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻊِ ﺃﻟﻌ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴﻢِ ﻣ‪‬ﻦَ ﺃﻟﺸﱠﻴ‪‬ﻄَﺎﻥِ ﺃﻟﺮﱠﺟِﻴﻢِ«‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺳﻨﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﮔﻔﺘﻦ »ﺑﺴﻢ ﺍﷲ ‪ «...‬ﺍﻭﻝ ﻫﺮ ﺳﻮﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻓﺎﺗﺤﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻭ‬
‫ﺻﻴﻐﻪ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ‪» :‬ﺑِﺴ‪‬ﻢِ ﺍﷲِ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦِ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺣ‪‬ﻴﻢِ« ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﻟﺬﺍ ﺁﻳﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻼﻑ » ﺃﻋ‪‬ﻮﺫُ ﺑِﺎﷲِ‪.«...‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﺎﻛﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﻨﺎﻱ ﻗﺮﺍءﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪:‬‬

‫‪       ‬‬

‫)ﺍﻋﺮﺍﻑ ‪(204 /‬‬

‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪94‬‬

‫»ﭼﻮﻥ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﮔﻮﺵ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻛﺖ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ«‪.‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻗﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺷﻨﻮﻧﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺸﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺍﺩﺏ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﻝ ﻭ ﺣﻮﺍﺱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﻗﺮﺍءﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻗﺘﻀﺎﻱ ﺳﻜﻮﺕ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻪ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺎ ‪،‬ﻓﺮﻳﺎﺩ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺳﺮ ﻭ ﺻﺪﺍﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺷﻠﻮﻍ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﻨﺎﻱ ﻗﺮﺍءﺕ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺮﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻥ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻳﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺮ ﻭ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻲﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺧﺒﺮ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ‪:‬‬

‫‪          ‬‬

‫)ﻓﺼﻠﺖ ‪(26 /‬‬

‫»ﻭ ﻛﺎﻓﺮﺍﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﮔﻮﺵ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ]ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ[ ﺳﺨﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻮﻳﻴﺪ«‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺵ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺻﺪﺍ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺻﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝﺍﷲ)ﺹ( ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ‪‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻨّﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻐﻦّ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺒﺎﻫﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺍﺯﺧﻮﺍﻧﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺳﻘﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻥ ﻳﻬﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﺼﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻭﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﻨﻲﺷﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺻﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻜﻠّﻒ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻨّﻊ ﻭ ﻛﺸﺶ ﺑﻲ ﺟﺎ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺷﻨﻮﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻮﺷﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺪﺑ‪‬ﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ؛ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪:‬‬

‫)ﻧﺴﺎء ﻭ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ‪ 82 /‬ﻭ ‪(24‬‬ ‫‪    ‬‬

‫»ﺁﻳﺎ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺪﺑ‪‬ﺮ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ«‪.‬‬

‫‪-‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻗﺮﺍءﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﺤﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﻟﻐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺸﻮﻉ‪، ،‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍﻋﻤﺪﺍًﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺖ ﺗﺎﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﺧﺪﺍﻱ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪95‬‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﻪ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺖ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﮔﺰﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﺮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺣﺠﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺷﻔﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺎ‪،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺮﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻟﻌﻨﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﻧﻲ ﻛﻮﺭﻱ ﻭ‬
‫ﻇﻠﻤﺘﺶ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪:‬‬
‫»ﭼﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﺎﺭﻱ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻌﻨﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ«‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﻚ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﻳﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ؛ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﭼﻬﻞ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻧﻜﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻨﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺰء ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﻩ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻏﻔﻠﺖﺯﺩﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻧﻴﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺴﺘﺤﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﺎﺭﻱ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺧﺘﻢ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺩﻋﺎ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻋﺎ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺟﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﻗﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺖ ﺩﻋﺎ‬
‫ﻭ ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺮﺍءﺕ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﺮﺍءﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻏﺮﺽ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺍُﺟﺮﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻣﻮﺯﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻜﺮﻭﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺍُﺟﺮﺕ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ :‬ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺠﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺆﻛﺪﺍً ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﻛﺴﻲ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﭙﺮﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ‬
‫ﺩﻭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﻴﺰﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﺳﻮﻝﺍﷲ)ﺹ(ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫»ﻻﺗﻤﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﻟﻤﺮﺍء ﻓﻴﻪ ﻛﻔﺮ« )ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪96‬‬

‫»ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻋﻪ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻋﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻔﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬

‫ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫»ﺃﻗﺮء ﻭ ﺃﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺋﺘﻠﻔﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﺧﺘﻠﻔﺘﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻲء ﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﻘﻮﻣﻮﺍ ﻋﻨﻪ«‬
‫)ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ(‬
‫»ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻟﻬﺎﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺮ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﻴﺰﻳﺪ«‪.‬‬
‫‪97‬‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﻪ‬

‫ﺭﻫﻨﻤﻮﺩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻼﻗﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ‬

‫ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‪،‬ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻗﺮﺍءﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍءﺕ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﻥ ـ ﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ـ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻧﻄﻖ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺳﺴﺘﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﻟﺤﻦ ﻭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﮔﻨﺎﻫﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍءﺕ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺭﺳﻮﻝﺍﷲ )ﺹ( ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﺍءﺗﺶ ﻧﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺖ ﻗﺮﺍءﺕ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﺩ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺧﻮﺩﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻋﺎﺩﺕ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﺗﻘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﻒ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ؛ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﺒﻮﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻟﺒﺮﺭﺓ ‪‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺃﻟﻤﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻟﺴﻔﺮﺓ ﺃﻟﻜﺮﺍﻡ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺴﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺕ ﻗﺮﺍءﺕ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍءﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪ ،‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﺶﺁﻣﻮﺯﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺮﺍءﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻩ ﺁﻳﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ‬
‫ﺩﻫﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺑﻘﻴﻪ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻫﮕﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﮕﺬﺭﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﺶ ﻣﻠﻜﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻠﻂ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺍﺑﻦﺟﺰﺭﻱ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪98‬‬

‫ﺇﻻ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﺔ ﺃﻣﺮﻱ ﺑﻔﻜّﺔ«‬ ‫» ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻪ‬

‫»ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﺟﺰ ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺭﻭﺍﺭﻩﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ«‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﮔﻮﺵ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ؛ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺩ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﺶﺁﻣﻮﺯ ﺑﺎ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺤﻒ‪ ،‬ﮔﻮﺵ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻣﻼﺯﻣﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺩ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﮔﻮﺵ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺤﻒ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﻧﺶﺁﻣﻮﺯ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻫﺎﻥ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺃﺩﺍ ﻭ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻧﻄﻖ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ‪،‬ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣﻔﻆ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻜﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻗﺮﺍءﺕ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝﺍﷲ)ﺹ(ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺻﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﻣﻲﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫»ﺗﻌﺎﻫﺪﻭﺍ ﺃﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺃﺷﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻹﺑﻞ«‬
‫)ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ(‬
‫»ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺘﺮ ﻓﺮﺍﺭﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ«‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻔﻆ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ ‪،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﺯ ﺻﺒﺢ ﺗﺎ ﻃﻠﻮﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪99‬‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﻪ‬

‫ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎﻛﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻓﺮﻕ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﺩ‪،‬ﺧﻮﺩﺵ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﺰﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﮔﺮﺳﻨﮕﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺮﻱ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺗﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﻓﻜﺮﻱ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻏﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻭﻫﻲ ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺭﺳﻮﻝﺍﷲ)ﺹ( ﺩﺭ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫»ﺃﻗﺮءﻭﺍ ﺃﻟﻘﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺋﺘﻠﻔﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻜﻢ ‪ ...‬ﺍﻟﺦ«‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﺋﺘﻼﻑ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺩﻝ ‪ :‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻟﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺮﺍءﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺐ ‪،‬ﻛﻤﻚ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﻇﺒﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺁﺛﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭﺩﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺟﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺲ ﺳﻤﻊ ﻭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪﺍﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﺶﺁﻣﻮﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﮕﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻣﻮﺧﺘﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﭘﺮﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻮﺭﻱ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻄﻖ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﻟﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻓﻬﻤﻴﺪﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺩ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺳﻮﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩﺍﻳﻢ؛ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻥ ﻧﻄﻖ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﺶﺁﻣﻮﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻧﻄﻖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻧﺶﺁﻣﻮﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻫﻤﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺩ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺑﻲﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﮔﻮﺵ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻮﺷﺰﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞﻛﻨﻨﺪﺓ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪﺓ ﻧﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﻜﻪ ﻗﺒﻼً ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ﺁﻣﻮﺧﺘﻦ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺩﻭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪100‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﻮﻋﺎﺻﻢ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻗﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫‪101‬‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﻪ‬

‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫)ﺳﻮﺭﻩ‪،‬ﺁﻳﻪ( ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫‪73‬‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻘﺎﻑ‪4،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺋﺘﻮﻧﻲ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ‪...‬‬
‫‪76‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻢ ‪12،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻨﺖ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟّﺘﻲ ﺍﺣﺼﻨﺖ‪...‬‬
‫‪77‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪63،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗّﺨﺬ ﻧﻬﻢ ﺳﺨﺮﻳ‪‬ﺎً‬
‫‪74‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻜﺒﻮﺕ‪45،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻭﺣﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻚ‬
‫‪76‬‬ ‫ﻗﺼﺺ ‪27،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﺎﺑﻨﺘﻲ‪ ‬ﻫﺎﺗﻴﻦ‬
‫‪78‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻐﻔﺮﺕ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺍﻡ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺴﺘﻐﻔﺮ‪ ...‬ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻘﻮﻥ‪6،‬‬
‫‪76‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻃﺮ ‪43،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺒﺎﺭﺍًﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﻭ‪...‬‬
‫‪78‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪75،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺒﺮﺕ ﺍﻡ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﻦ ‪...‬‬
‫‪77‬‬ ‫ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪45،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬
‫‪77‬‬ ‫ﺻﺎﻓﺎﺕ ‪153،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻄﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺕ‬
‫‪77‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ‪78،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻃﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ‬
‫‪75‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻌﺎﻡ‪104،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺘﺮء ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﷲ‬
‫‪77‬‬ ‫ﺳﺒﺄ ‪8،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺘﺮﻱ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻛﺬﺑﺎً‬
‫‪92‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺎ ﻭﻣﺤﻤﺪ‪82،‬ﻭ‪24‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻼﻳﺘﺪﺑ‪‬ﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫‪74‬‬ ‫ﺑﻘﺮﻩ‪34،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟّﺎ ﺍﺑﻠﻴﺲ ﺃﺑﻲ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻜﺒﺮ‬
‫‪86‬‬ ‫ﻛﻬﻒ ‪1،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻧﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻲ‪...‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺗﺤﻪ‪24 7-1،‬ﻭ‪66‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪﺍﷲ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ‪...‬‬
‫‪84‬‬ ‫ﻧﺤﻞ‪32 ،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻼءﻛﺔ‪...‬‬
‫ﺍﻧّﺎﺍﺭﺳﻠﻨﺎ ﻧﻮﺣﺎًﺍﻟﻲ ﻗﻮﻣﻪ‪ ...‬ﻧﻮﺡ‪61 28-1،‬ﻭ‪62‬‬
‫‪89‬‬ ‫ﻗﺪﺭ‪1،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺎ ﺍﻧﺰﻟﻨﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻴﻠﺔﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪102‬‬

‫‪74‬‬ ‫ﻟﻘﻤﺎﻥ‪14،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻥ ﺍﺷﻜﺮﻟﻲ ﻭﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻳﻚ‬

‫‪17‬‬ ‫ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺘﻠﻮﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‪ ...‬ﻓﺎﻃﺮ‪29،‬ﻭ‪30‬‬
‫‪103‬‬

‫‪79‬‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺰﺍﺏ‪35،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻭ‪...‬‬

‫‪76‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺎ‪176،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﺅُﺍﻫﻠﻚ‬
‫‪73‬‬ ‫ﺹ‪6،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻥ ﺍﻣﺸﻮﺍﻭﺍﺻﺒﺮﻭﺍﻋﻠﻲءﺍﻟﻬﺘﻜﻢ‬
‫‪14‬‬ ‫ﺍﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻳﻬﺪﻱ ﻟﻠّﺘﻲ‪...‬ﺍﺳﺮﺍ‪9،‬ﻭ‪10‬‬
‫‪76‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺝ‪38،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻄﻤﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫‪80‬‬ ‫ﺣﺠﺮﺍﺕ‪11،‬‬ ‫ﺑﺌﺲ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﻮﻕ ﺑﻌﺪ‪...‬‬
‫‪82‬‬ ‫ﻏﺎﻓﺮ‪65،‬‬ ‫ﻫﻮﺍﻟﺤﻲ‪ ‬ﻻﺍﻟﻪ ﺍﻟّﺎ ﻫﻮ‪...‬‬
‫‪87‬‬ ‫ﻫﻮﺩ‪41،‬‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻫﺎ‬
‫‪73‬‬ ‫ﻳﻮﻧﺲ‪71،‬‬ ‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﻗﻀﻮﺍ ﺍﻟّﺘﻲ ﻭﺗﻨﻈﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫‪85‬‬ ‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻻﺭﻳﺐ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻫﺪﻱ‪ ...‬ﺑﻘﺮﻩ‪2 ،‬‬
‫ﺳﺄﻝ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ‪ ..‬ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺝ‪52-49 44-1،‬‬
‫‪75‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‪26،‬‬ ‫ﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓﺧﺒﻴﺜﺔ ﺍﺟﺘﺜﺖ ‪...‬‬
‫‪89‬‬ ‫ﺑﻘﺮﻩ‪185،‬‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮ ﺭﻣﻀﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻧﺰﻝ‪...‬‬
‫‪76‬‬ ‫ﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺜﻼً ﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ‪ ...‬ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻢ‪10،‬‬
‫‪76‬‬ ‫ﺻﻒ‪14،‬‬ ‫ﻋﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‬
‫‪91‬‬ ‫ﻧﺤﻞ‪98،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺫﺍ ﻗﺮﺃﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻌﺬ‪...‬‬
‫‪74‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺎ‪64،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻐﻔﺮ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺎ‪176،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﺎ ﺍﺛﻨﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻠﻬﻤﺎ‪...‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻣﻞ‪20،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻗﺮءﻭﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻴﺴ‪‬ﺮﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫‪77‬‬
‫‪83‬‬ ‫ﻗﻤﺮ‪6،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻳﺪﻉ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﺍﻉ‬
‫‪75‬‬ ‫ﺑﻘﺮﻩ‪173،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﻏﻴﺮﺑﺎﻍ� ﻭﻻﻋﺎﺩ‬
‫‪77‬‬ ‫ﺑﻘﺮﻩ‪60،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻤﻨﻪ ﺍﺛﻨﺖ ﻋﺸﺮﺓﻋﻴﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪104‬‬

‫‪75‬‬ ‫ﺑﻘﺮﻩ‪283،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻠﻴﺆﺩﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺅﺗﻤﻦ ﺍﻣﺎﻧﺘﻪ‬

‫‪84‬‬ ‫ﻓﻮﻳﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﻠﻴﻦ ﻻ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ‪ ...‬ﻣﺎﻋﻮﻥ‪4،‬ﻭ‪5‬‬
‫‪74‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺮﺍ‪63،‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺗﺒﻌﻚ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫‪73‬‬ ‫ﺻﺎﻓﺎﺕ‪97،‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺍﺑﻨﻮﺍ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻧﺎً‬
‫‪77‬‬ ‫ﺑﻘﺮﻩ‪80،‬‬ ‫ﻗﻞ ﺃﺗﺨﺬﺗﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﷲ ﻋﻬﺪﺍ‬
‫‪14‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‪1،‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻧﺰﻟﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻴﻚ ﻟﺘﺨﺮﺝ‬
‫‪86‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠّﺎﺍﺫﺍ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻗﻲ ﻭ‪ ...‬ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ‪26،‬ﻭ‪27‬‬
‫‪86‬‬ ‫ﻣﻄﻔﻔﻴﻦ‪14،‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠّﺎ ﺑﻞ ﺭﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻬﻢ‬
‫‪85‬‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺛﺮ‪38،‬ﻭ‪39‬‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻛﺴﺒﺖ ﺭﻫﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫‪76‬‬ ‫ﻧﺤﻞ‪51،‬‬ ‫ﻻﺗﺘﺨﺬﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻦ ﺍﺛﻨﻴﻦ‬

‫‪74‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ ...‬ﻣﺎﺋﺩﻩ‪107،‬‬

‫‪86‬‬ ‫ﻳﺲ‪52،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺜﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻗﺪﻧﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻢ‪71-67 52-1،‬‬ ‫ﻥِ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﻭﻣﺎﻳﺴﻄﺮﻭﻥ‪...‬‬
‫‪91‬‬ ‫ﻧﺤﻞ‪98،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺫﺍﻗﺮﺃﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻌﺬﺑﺎ‬
‫‪77‬‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻣﻞ‪8،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺫﻛﺮﺍﺳﻢ ﺭﺑﻚ‬
‫‪76‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺡ‪7،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻜﺒﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺒﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫‪74‬‬ ‫ﻗﺼﺺ‪39،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻜﺒﺮﻫﻮ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺝ‪31 22-1،‬ﻭ‪32‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺝ‪...‬‬
‫‪32‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﻕ‪17-1،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎءﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﻕ‪...‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻞ‪24 21-1،‬ﻭ‪25‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻳﻐﺸﻲ‪...‬‬
‫‪73‬‬ ‫ﺹ‪6،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻧﻄﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻸ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫‪105‬‬

‫‪18‬‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻣﻞ‪4،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺭﺗﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﻼ‬

‫‪75‬‬ ‫ﺳﺒﺄ‪33،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻀﻌﻔﻮﺍ‬
‫‪92‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍﻻﺗﺴﻤﻌﻮﺍ‪ ...‬ﻓﺼﻠﺖ‪26،‬‬
‫‪74‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪28،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻻﻳﺸﻔﻌﻮﻥ ﺍﻟّﺎ ﻟﻤﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻀﻲ‬
‫‪75‬‬ ‫ﺭﻋﺪ‪32،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻘﺪﺍﺳﺘﻬﺰﻱ ﺑﺮﺳﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻚ‬
‫‪83‬‬ ‫ﺑﻘﺮﻩ‪8،‬ﻭ‪9‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﻤﻮﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻳﺨﺎﺩﻋﻮﻥ ﺍﷲ‬
‫‪15‬‬ ‫ﻧﺤﻞ‪89،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻧﺰّﻟﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪...‬‬
‫‪87‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻗﺎﻥ‪69،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺨﻠﺪﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﻧﺎ‬
‫‪82‬‬ ‫ﻏﺎﻓﺮ‪65،‬‬ ‫ﻫﻮﺍﻟﺤﻲ‪ ‬ﻻﺍﻟﻪ ﺍﻟّﺎﻫﻮ‪...‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺛﺮ‪58-56 56-1،‬‬ ‫ﻳﺄﻳ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺛﺮ‪...‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻢ‪45 12-1،‬ﻭ‪46‬‬ ‫ﻳﺄﻳ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‪ ‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﺤﺮّﻡ‪...‬‬
‫‪77‬‬ ‫ﺻﻒ‪6،‬‬ ‫ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺒ‪‬ﺢ ﷲ ﻣﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻮﺍﺕ ﻭ‪ ..‬ﺗﻐﺎﺑﻦ‪41-39 18-1،‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪106‬‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ‪80،82،83،87‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺟﺰﺭﻱ ‪10،13،96‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﻮﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮﻣﺤﻤﺪﺑﻦ ﺟﺰﺭﻱ ﺷﺎﻓﻌﻲ ‪11‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﻮﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ ﺑﻦ ﻓﻴﺮّﻩ ﺷﺎﻃﺒﻲ ‪11‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﻮﺑﻜﺮ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ)ﻉ( ‪90‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﻮﻋﺎﺻﻢ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻗﺎﺭﻱ ‪9‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﻮ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﻲ ‪11‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﻮ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ ﺍﺷﻌﺮﻱ ‪90‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﻲ ﺑﻦ ﻛﻌﺐ ‪11،90‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﻪ ‪86‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﻔﺎ ‪12،17،28،33،42،43،47،48‬‬
‫ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ‪،12،17،28،33،34،35،36،37،42،47،55،64،86‬‬
‫ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻨّﻪ ‪35‬‬
‫ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻏﻨّﻪ ‪35‬‬
‫ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ »ﻻﻡ«ﺩﺭ»ﺭﺍ« ‪37‬‬
‫ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻭﺍﻭ ‪37‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻼ ‪26‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﻝ ‪26‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﻲ ‪76‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ ‪75‬‬
‫‪107‬‬

‫ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ‪34،42،47،48،86،12،17،33‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺎﻟﻪ ‪86‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺪ‪59،73 ‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺪ‪‬ﻻﺯﻡ ‪64‬‬
‫ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﷲ ‪16‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪96‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ‪9،10،13،16،95،96،98‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ‪8،12‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ‪10،17،18‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﻣﻴﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪:‬ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ‪11‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻔﻪ ﺍﻻﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻤﺎﻥ ‪12‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻗﻴﻖ ‪54،55‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪78‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺨﻴﻢ ‪53،54‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺸّﻲ ‪27‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ‪27‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﺑﺮﺗﺮﻣﺬﻱ ‪15‬‬
‫ﺟﺒﺮﻳﻞ ‪10،14‬‬
‫ﺟﺰء ‪90،93‬‬
‫ﺟﻮﻑ ‪19‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻑ ﻣﺪ‪60،64،65 ‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻭﻑ]ﺭﺧﺎﻭﺕ[ ‪26‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪108‬‬

‫ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻼ ‪27‬‬

‫ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺷﺪ‪‬ﺕ ‪26‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺷﻤﺴﻲ ‪55‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻗﻠﻘﻠﻪ ‪27‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻗﻤﺮﻱ ‪55‬‬
‫ﺣﺰﺏ ‪90‬‬
‫ﺣﺰﺏ ﻣﻔﺼ‪‬ﻞ ‪90‬‬
‫ﺣﻔﺺ ‪11،37،78،86‬‬
‫ﺣﻠﻖ ‪20‬‬
‫ﺧﻠﻔﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﺷﺪﻳﻦ ‪89‬‬
‫ﺭﺑﻊ ‪90‬‬
‫ﺭﺧﺎﻭﺕ ‪26‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺖ ﺣﻔﺺ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﺻﻢ ‪11‬‬
‫ﺯﻳﺪﺑﻦ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ‪11،89،90‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻮﻟﻲ ﺍﺑﻲ ﺣﺬﻳﻔﻪ ‪90‬‬
‫ﺳﻜْﺖ ‪86‬‬
‫ﺳﻜﻮﺕ ‪87‬‬
‫ﺳﻜﻮﻥ ‪63‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﻦ ﻧﺴﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺮ ‪16‬‬
‫ﺷﺐ ﻗﺪﺭ ‪89‬‬
‫ﺷﺪﺕ ‪26‬‬
‫ﺷﻴﺦ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺣﻤﺰﻭﺭﻱ ‪12‬‬
‫‪109‬‬

‫ﺷﻴﺦ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺻﺒ‪‬ﺎﻍ ‪12‬‬

‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ‪15،94‬‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪16‬‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪16،89‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻟﺖ ‪30‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺖ ﺗﻔﺸﻲ‪30‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺖ ﺟﻬﺮ ‪30‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺖ ﺷﺪ‪‬ﺕ ‪30‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺖ ﺻﻔﻴﺮ ‪29‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺖ ﻫﻤﺲ ‪30‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺖ ﻫﻤﺲ ﻭ ﺭﺧﺎﻭﺕ ‪29‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﻴﺮ ‪27،29‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﻳﺸﻪ)ﺭﺽ( ‪89‬‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ‪11،90‬‬
‫ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ‪90‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻳﻢ ﻭﻗﻒ ‪82‬‬
‫ﻏﻨّﻪ ‪17،27،28،49‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻻﻗﻔﺎﻝ ﺑﺸﺮﺡ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺗﺤﻔﻪ ﺍﻻﻃﻔﺎﻝ ‪12‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻝ ‪12‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﻕ»ﺙ«ﻭ»ﺱ« ‪29‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﻕ»ﺫ«ﻭ»ﺯ« ‪29‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﻕ»ﺽ«ﻭ»ﻅ« ‪30‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪110‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ ‪73‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻤﺎﺳﻲ ﻭﺳﺪﺍﺳﻲ ‪75‬‬
‫ﻗﺼﺮ ‪60،86‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺐ ‪17،33،42‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺐ ﻣﺪ‪‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ‪12‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﻘﻠﻪ ‪27‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ‪8‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﺎﻳﻪ ‪86‬‬
‫ﻟﺐ ‪22‬‬
‫ﻻﻡ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ‪79‬‬
‫ﻻﻡ ﺯﺍﻳﺪ ‪79‬‬
‫ﻻﻡ ﺷﻤﺴﻲ ‪55‬‬
‫ﻻﻡ ﻗﻤﺮﻱ ‪55‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ‪37‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ ‪37‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﺏ ‪37‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻞ ‪37‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﻘّﻞ ‪64‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ‪11‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ‪19‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﺮﺝ »ﺑﺎ« ‪19‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﺮﺝ »ﺟﻴﻢ « ‪19‬‬
‫‪111‬‬

‫ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ‪19‬‬

‫ﻣﺨﺮﺝ »ﺫﺍﻝ« ‪29‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﺮﺝ »ﺯﺍ« ‪29‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﺮﺝ »ﺿﺎﺩ« ‪30‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﺮﺝ »ﺿﺎﺩ‪،‬ﻻﻡ« ‪22‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﻏﻨّﻪ ‪28‬‬
‫]ﻣﺨﺮﺝ[ﻏﻴﻦ ‪19‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﺮﺝ»ﻗﺎﻑ‪،‬ﻛﺎﻑ« ‪21‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﻔّﻒ ‪64‬‬
‫ﻣﺪ‪17،19،63 ‬‬
‫]ﻣﺪ‪[‬ﺣﺮﻓﻲ ‪64‬‬
‫ﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﺷﺪ‪‬ﻩ ‪64‬‬
‫ﻣﺪ‪‬ﻋﺎﺭﺽ ‪64،65‬‬
‫ﻣﺪ‪‬ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ‪59‬‬
‫]ﻣﺪ‪[‬ﻛﻠﻤﻲ ‪64‬‬
‫ﻣﺪ‪‬ﻻﺯﻡ ‪63،64‬‬
‫ﻣﺪ‪‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺣﺮﻓﻲ ‪63‬‬
‫ﻣﺪ‪‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﻛﻠﻤﻲ ‪63‬‬
‫ﻣﺪ‪‬ﻣﺘّﺼﻞ ‪12‬‬
‫ﻣﺪ‪‬ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ‪12‬‬
‫ﻣﺪ‪‬ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ‪60‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ‪94‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪112‬‬

‫ﻣﺼﺤﻒ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ‪90‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﺎﺫﺑﻦ ﺟﺒﻞ ‪19‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻳﻪ ‪90‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﻲ ﺑﻦ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻗﻴﺴﻲ ‪11‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ ‪83،84،87‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻒ ‪65،80،81،82،83،84،90‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻒ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻘﻪ ‪85‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﺰﻩ ‪59،60‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﺰﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ‪77،78‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﺰﻩ ﻗﻄﻊ ‪78‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﺰﻩ ﻭﺻﻞ ‪72،73،74،75،77،78،79‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﺲ ‪27‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﻣﻠﻮﻥ ‪35‬‬
‫‪113‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻭ ﻣﺂﺧﺬ‬